Doorways Through Time Transcript

Citation preview

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

The MCEO Freedom Teachings™ Series Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion “Circle of Life” Drum Circle Celebration April 10-12, 2009 Sarasota, FL

Orientation [Track 1] A‘sha Ash: …just to fit the program in, we have to start at 9 in the morning. For me, that‘s like—I‘m going to bed at 9 in the morning most of the time, but we will do our best to keep to that schedule. I‘m going to be up all night putting tomorrow‘s program together, because they haven‘t given me part of that. But it‘s going to be an interesting workshop for a number of reasons. There‘s some—part of the security clearance information that I‘m just getting little trickles of now has to do with a set of gates—that‘s first, are for projection, and later are for slide—that have to so with a place called the Edons. And they haven‘t told me much about that yet, but they have had me diagramming things for—well, the last two days I‘ve been diagramming. I was up all night last night diagramming and that kind of thing, so I have a lot of diagrams to finish. When—the way we‘ll work the program is basically tomorrow‘s focus will be getting ready for the drum circle, understanding a bit about why we are doing this because the drum circle is, it is the Circle of Life. It‘s a World Peace Meditation Drum Circle thing-y, and that‘s what you say to regular people. But if you‘re an Azurite, it has to do with grid coding of course, and with the grid coding they‘re going to teach us some things with the drums. There‘s a particular sequence, a numerical sequence that they‘re going to show us. In fact, we‘re getting part of it tonight. Once we‘re done with the orientation, we‘re going to go up and go into transmission. And it‘s an interesting sequence. It has to do with the very specific numerical codings that have to do with what are called probabilities. And we‘ll learn more about probabilities on Sunday, as far as there are a lot of diagrams involving understanding how probabilities work, what are probabilities, and those kinds of things. But tomorrow what we‘ll mainly be doing is getting an overview on probabilities without a lot of diagramming and things and then going into a practice session before we get out onto Siesta Key Beach. There‘s a number of drummers here. I‘m not sure how many have come, but I‘m curious. How many people have brought drums? Yahoo, I love it. This is going to be great because—it‘s interesting, Az and I are not drummers. We‘ve not had drum lessons or anything, so the people who do know how to play drums, it will be very helpful. A lot of drum circles start with people just free-forming. What they‘re going to have us do is they‘re going to show us— they‘re going to explain the code, the numerical code I was talking about. They‘re going to show us how to do it. And there‘s two different ones, where Az would be running one and I would be running the other. And then the people who do know how to play drums, they‘re going to be a big help to us. They are where you can take those codes and work with them, and later we go free-form, where everybody lets their own codes run and that kind of thing. We‘ll talk more about tomorrow, about what drumming really does in relation to the planetary grids because it‘s a very ancient way of communicating directly with the Spirit Body of the planet. And there‘s a very special set of activations that are going on through this workshop period. This is finally the period where we have finally got the 2/3rds control of the Templar back under Krystic control through the last several The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 1 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

workshops. (Applause) This one—yes, finally. This one is going to be interesting because there‘s 1/6 more quantum that needs to be pulled back into that control, Krystic control, temporarily, to get through the load-out period, through the 222 years that are left. And at that point, they would be grids that would fall again, but it will balance out—so there‘s enough quantum to prevent the Omega Code that we‘ve talked about in other workshops, to prevent the Omega from creating massive destruction more quickly. So, we should be able to get through. If this is successful, this one tomorrow, we should be able to get through without any cataclysmic earth changes, through the entire load-out period. So that would be really, really good. There will still be some—I mean, there‘s going to be earth changes here and there and there already are earth changes things happening—but, this will create a stability in the grids that otherwise would not be there, where, progressively, as the Omega Code does activate in the grids, we will be facing more severe and more severe types of earth changes. So, the drum circle tomorrow is a gift that we are giving to the earth. We are embracing our Mother and she‘s not a bad mother, she‘s just had some very strange keepers for many thousands of years now. And because of those strange keepers, she is in quite a state and it‘s not a very good state. But we can create peace in relation to understanding the drama that we have been a part of. One of the hardest things about this work has been progressively having to say, ‗And now, what did the other side do?‘ And yes, there are sides. I love the New Age movement, ‗Oh, there‘s no sides, no sides to a circle.‘ Yeah, I agree. There‘s insides and outsides to a circle, but it doesn‘t change the fact that there are certain agendas that are being run on this planet. You can pretend they‘re not there. You can ignore them if you want to and go dance with the flowers, but it‘s not going to change the fact that these things are occurring on the planet. And if somebody doesn‘t pay attention nobody‘s going to be able to change that reality. There is a perfection in the entire unfoldment of this drama that we have been witness to since 2000 when the Stellar Activation Cycle started. And sometimes it‘s hard to see the perfection in life, but there‘s a perfection in the sense that sometimes things are perfect, even if they‘re not ideal, and there‘s a difference between those. We‘ll explore a bit more about that subject tomorrow and also on Sunday, but there is a perfection—because maybe it‘s not something that you want right now or that you even feel you need right now, but there is always a lesson in it. There is always a value that you can bring back to yourself, even if it‘s the most horrible circumstances. I‘ll tell you a little story that was really—I‘m still wrapping my head around that one about perfection. Right after they gave the itinerary that went out on—whenever it was, around the 9th, March 9th—we‘d just got this done. I‘d done an all-nighter on that, because the wave came in and it‘s talking about perfection and how to live in the perfect now and the whole bit. It‘s like, ‗Great; this is going to be a fun workshop.‘ Our lesson in perfection started the next day. People that have known us for a while know that we have this white kitty thing—where we had a white kitty cat a long time ago named Elohi and she ended up dying, and then we got two sisters, two little white Persian sisters, to actually host her temporarily until she could reincarnate back. We got the two little white kitties, and the one was a year and a half, maybe two, when we had this horrible experience when we lived in Gilbert, AZ, where there was attacks going out by the Thetans. And the kitties, the cat—we didn‘t know it but she had a genetic predisposition to heart disease and because she was an easy target, they whacked the cat basically and she was paralyzed. And they called it a saddle thrombosis, where it‘s basically the blood vessels going down in the aortic ___________, going down into the legs, completely shuts off the blood flow to the legs and progressively the organs and that kind of stuff.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 2 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So, we went through a horrible experience with the one little white kitty. And it was really rough, because we had to do soul retrieval and the whole bit, because things were coming after her in the astral while we were in the room where the vet was putting her to sleep. I held her paw and went out with her eyes, like followed her right out which is a scary experience. I don‘t suggest doing that with anyone unless you really need to, where someone is dying and you actually follow them out. So we had this big trauma imprint around that one, got over with it, got her out safely—her body was dead of course, and we had said at the time to the vet in Arizona, ‗Well, her litter mate, should we get her checked? Could it be anything that she might have, something like that, since she‘s her sister?‘ And they said, ‗No, no, nothing like that because it‘s not genetic, it‘s not that kind of thing.‘ The day after the perfection things came through, couldn‘t find the other white kitty. Went up and found her behind the bed. She was paralyzed. Here we go again. So, the day after—she lasted two days after this itinerary was given and we were starting to get our lesson in the perfection of life. And I was thinking, ‗You know, this is really ironic because this is definitely—‗Right, you‘re saying it‘s perfect? Fine, it‘s perfect, but it‘s not ideal.‘ It was one of those. So sometimes our lessons in perfection can appear to be something very, very different. It did turn out to be perfect because, first of all, this kitty was very, very telepathic. And she also projected, like she‘d be in your face. You close your eyes and she‘s right there, and she would talk to you in your own language. She was a Guardian. She was HaahTUr, and as soon as—actually she was getting ready to be taken to be put to sleep. Az took her to be put to sleep. I couldn‘t go through another one of those, but she let me see something. She telepathically said, ‗I have a present for you‘ and she said, ‗Just watch,‘ and I was watching her chakras close down. She‘d already lost—she had three more to go, because progressively, from the bottom up, the chakras close as the being‘s pulling out. She let me see her pull herself out. Her body was still alive technically, but she pulled out a part of herself. And she stood next to herself and kind of like pulled out and shook it off a little bit and then stretched. I‘m going, ‗Which one is you?‘ She says, ‗Both at the moment.‘ So, she started teaching me about what is called the Jha-DA Body. Now, ‗I‘ve seen it, is that a ghost?‘ Ghosts aren‘t good, they‘re fragments. ‗No, it‘s not a ghost; it‘s a Jha-DA Body.‘ I went, ‗Ok Esha,‘— her name was EshaNA—‗what is a Jha-DA Body? And she‘s saying, ‗You‘ll see, you‘ll find out.‘ So they started getting transmissions on this part of our anatomy that I‘m still getting transmissions on, that is called the Jha-DA Body. And it is something that not only is useful when you‘re Bardoahing, but it‘s also useful when you‘re sliding and taking a body with you or when you want to bi-locate and that kind of thing. So, we‘re going to be learning more about the Jha-DA Body and it has to do with, it‘s also called the Vibrational Body or the Water Body because of the particular type of matter that it is made out of. And in situations where people are passing over or dying physically, it is going into the Jha-DA Body state that is the best way to Bardoah. So eventually we‘ll learn about the Bardoah teachings. I don‘t think they‘re going to give us Bardoah teachings in this workshop but they‘re going to start teaching us about the Jha-DA Body. And it was really funny, because now her, the kitty that just died, and the first one that had died several years ago, she‘d found her, Esha had found her wherever she was. And now they‘re both walking around the house and hanging out and waiting, because they told us that they‘re reincarnating, both of them. So, we have to go get one—we have to find a litter in May and then we have to find another one in September, because they said about when they were going to be born. So, there was a perfection in this tragic experience. It felt—it was just like heart-wrenching again, because even though you know that somebody‘s going to be able to pass over and go into a nicer place and all that, there‘s still a hole here, that you miss them. And I remember during this experience, I learned an awful lot about it as I was holding her on my lap and as Az was driving to the vet. And I The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 3 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

remember a part of me being real upset again, especially because it was triggering the trauma imprint that it had from before with the first one. And then Esha telepathed at me and she said, ‗Do you mind? It‘s not about you.‘ I‘m going, ‗Right, oh right. It‘s not about me. Get a hold of myself. The last thing this poor cat needs is my energy going (crying sounds) all around her.‘ So, she taught me many things through this experience. One of them was to, instead of getting wrapped up in the emotion of something that‘s like a horror, horrible to you that you‘re having a real problem with it, you can move yourself, say, ‗It‘s not about me. What can I do to anchor Kryst here in this moment?‘ And what Esha needed right then was just calm and quiet, and she wanted me to show her pictures, telepath pictures to her of where she was going to go to Median Earth and that kind of thing. And so it was about creating joy around her and literally making my emotions change, right. Like, ‗Yeah, ok, I‘m going to put that over here and I‘m going to take that energy and then try to generate that joy feeling, the joy of going through to Median Earth and surround her with that.‘ So this was a particular lesson that I wanted to share it with you. Just because we‘re going to learn how to live in a perfect world now does not mean it may look perfect in the way that would be ideal—let‘s say, everything‘s hunky-dory and everybody‘s nice and everybody stops having wars, and all those things that are just part of non-human nature on this planet. That‘s not going to change, but there is a way to embrace the perfection of what is. And that‘s some of the things we‘re going to learn, perspectives in this workshop where we can literally move out of the emotional body trauma imprint and change—in simple terms, change our vibration but it‘s actually change our encryption—and then we will actually experience a different relationship with the world than we are experiencing. And we‘ll have a different—it will affect us differently. (Az makes comments to A‘sha) Ash: I wouldn‘t be able to repeat that. Do you want to talk? You‘re welcome to. Az wants to say something, here we go. Az: I‘m really with what Ash is saying. I was asking her to say something about it, but she didn‘t seem to want to. The thing is that we too frequently limit the outcome. See, all of these situations are energetic, correct? They all contain potential, so if we persist in indulging our emotion—is what, is where I‘m coming from in relation of why she is describing to you—if we‘d not shifted that in relation to Esha, then we would have confined some of the potential in the situation, because it‘s such a limited view, a limited relationship of it. Now, what Ash didn‘t say is that, after we had both got to a place where we could go grieve—and that was after we‘d left her, she was headed into the crematorium then—and we went into that space that night and we were just blubbing everywhere, both of us. But then what started to happen is the potential that I‘m talking about started to emerge, when Esha began to explain to us that, not only were they going to incarnate but they were going to—they were so confident and touched by how we‘d learned so quickly in the situation with them, they actually said, if I remember correctly, that they had essentially underestimated the love and the compassion that was still possible to exist in the human form here on the planet Earth. And that, for that reason, they decided they were going to come back and generate two or three litters of baby HaahTURs. That was the bit that I wanted to explain to you. (Applause) Ash: We‘re looking forward to that too, and the one that‘s going to come back is a boy. They were both girls, but the one, Elohi, is going to come back as a HElohi and that‘s going to be his name, HElohi. And Esha is going to come back as the girl a couple of months later, and she‘s going to be MEsha. It‘s MEsha and HElohi. What they‘re going to do is— each of these kittys was very interesting. Elohi was an extreme—she was part HaahTUR and part Elohi, the race line. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 4 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

And her specialty was healing, where Esha‘s was projecting and telepathy. So they had two very different skill sets, but they were both extremely talented. I always wanted to write a book about just the animals. If people could only listen because it‘s like, sometimes they go, ―Oh, stupid humans. Helloo, meoww.‘‘ But, they‘re going to put these two gene lines of cats together and it‘s like gene lines from up above. And they‘re going to pick the bodies and let us know the parameter of where to go find them. Like, ‗Hi, I‘m born, come find me.‘ That‘s what they did in the first place actually. So, they‘re going to put them together so we‘ll have a line, probably a line of about three litters worth of kitties that will have the healing abilities where Elohi did. If there was something hurting on your body, she would actually come up and lay on you and she would put her crown chakra on it, and just like go into a meditation and kind of purr/breathe but with her head like—sometimes it was like bent way over on you. It was really strange and when I first met her and she was doing things like this I went, ‗What is that cat doing?‘ And I realized what the cat was doing because the Beloveds said, ‗Look, turn on your inner vision and look.‘ And I could see she was doing chakra healing and stuff. And she also used to sit up like a human, which was interesting. She would sit on the floor—well I‘m not going to demonstrate here, because I‘m in a dress—but she would just literally sit vertical, where she looked like she was growing out of the floor and she would just sit there, lots. I‘ve have pictures all over of her doing this and I was thinking, ‗I‘ve never seen a cat do this. What is the cat doing?‘ Cat‘s running its current vertically, like a two-legged. So, Elo was very talented that way. And Esha was just like a born HaahTUR teacher person, could speak to you telepathically, would come and project with you. Sometimes she would be in your dream state. Sometimes she would project to—well, she projected when we were with her sister when we were having her sister put down. She had actually projected from the house and kind of hung out in my mentor space over my shoulder and said, ‗I‘ll take her from here,‘ once we got her out and that kind of stuff. So these kitties were very special and we didn‘t know—this was all these loose ends, that there is still a trauma imprint or a missing them imprint kind of thing, through this perfect but not ideally event of Esha going—all of those things from the last number of years came together, where finally Elohi is going to reincarnate back, Esha will come back quickly and then they will be able to have this line of kitties. And they decided that they would come, because they decided that with the amount—they did not realize that their passing would cause so much grief in our hearts. They didn‘t, because if you were a HaahTUR looking down at how people treat animals down here, it‘s like, ‗Why bother, they don‘t care if I‘m dead or alive.‘ Now some people are much more kind toward animals, but they didn‘t realize that the level of grief that would be caused. And they were touched by the fact that people still care here and people did still care about learning from them. So they decided they would create this very small little hosting line of kitties that will come. And they also said that they‘re not to be sold, that when it comes to the right persons. They‘ll be full-bred Persians, but there‘s only going to be a few, and that depends on as long as their bodies work. I‘m almost afraid of white Persians at this point, paralyzed white Persians that die. So, hopefully that won‘t be there, because these are going to come from—these are the American Persians. The ones we had were from England and they were both out of the same litter, so they both had the genetic thing that caused the problem. But that was a gift that was in strange wrappings and I think that a lot of times in our lives that we run into gifts in strange wrappings. Sometimes, for example, with this economy, this crazy economy thing that just happened where lots of people have lost their jobs, become redundant. They‘ve just, there‘s nowhere to go because there‘s not as much movement happening in The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 5 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

the economy and that can be very, very frightening, especially when your mortgage payment is due and you don‘t have anything to pay it and that kind of thing. Sometimes though these things can still be gifts in strange packages. And I do believe that that‘s what this economic thing is. It isn‘t fun, it isn‘t cool, and it was not done by the good guys but it is…. You can recover from it and there are—what we‘re going to be learning in this workshop is about a place called the Aurora Continuum. Now, the Aurora Continuum is a place where you can project to, to actually—it‘s almost like it‘s a place you can use in many different ways to improve your own life. But one of the ways is you could use it like a networking note board where, say, you have a skill set and you want to be able to share that skill set and get a job. The idea is not, ‗I want to go get a job,‘ it‘s, ‗I want to go give a service.‘ If you‘re giving, and there‘s a certain way to set intentions into this Aurora Continuum that will allow link-ups to occur there that will than progressively manifest themselves down here. So it‘s like a way to inter-network with the world down here in order to find ways that you can exchange service with others. That might be in the form of a job or whatever. So the Aurora Continuum information, we‘ll be dealing with more of that on Sunday, because that‘s when the graph series came through on probabilities—because it has to do with that, so we‘ll be dealing more with that on Sunday. But as far as the gist of—I‘m trying to get a feel, because I‘m feeling the wave come in with the Beloveds. I‘m trying to get a feel for what is the core thing about this workshop and I‘m getting, ‗Nope, it‘s a gift in a strange package.‘ It‘s called an invisible package because it‘s on security clearance, so there‘s something that I don‘t know, but I can feel, I want to say, ―And we‘re going to do what? So, it‘s one of those but what I‘d like to move into in some part of this. Now, I will also try—I don‘t know if this was put on the internet. Was the itinerary put on the internet? OK, yes, no? Is that the one with my typo, where I had it as March instead of April? I‘m almost late for my workshop. Anyway, OK, I was going to say I‘ll try to get you these if you don‘t have them. The times I‘ve already had to change them. I was asked to change them because of the other scheduling issues here, so I don‘t know if people, if you guys have gotten anything from Mac or Dar that‘s just giving times of anything? No. OK, so I‘ll sit down and get that done tonight, so tomorrow at least you can have an itinerary. We are going to start at 9am and that‘s going to be interesting, because tonight I think it‘s from 9:30 until 12:30, but that‘s for anybody that didn‘t do the Sliders 2 techniques 2-4. They‘re going to run those for anybody new who hasn‘t run them in order to catch the activations that will come through on the workshop. That‘s why we do block time in for that but… (Az asks a question) Ash: I think they have, yeah. Well, I‘m going to give them a copy of it and change the dates. Is there anybody that hasn‘t seen the program itinerary from before? OK, a few…1,2,3. Az: She‘s talking about the posting that was done. Ash: Yeah, it was a posting that was put on. Well maybe… Az: Just some of the times have changed. Ash: Yeah, it‘s only the times that have changed on it actually, so if we could just ignore the times and maybe I can post on the door like basic times. What I‘ve got for times is for tomorrow, 9am until 11:30am, we‘ll be doing Session 1, which is called The Circle of Life and the Gift of Co-creation, Loving the Earth, Embracing our Mother. That will be talking a bit The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 6 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

more about what we‘re going to be doing when it becomes drum circle time. Then there is a lunch break for an hour between 11:30 and 12:30, and we have to do these, because of the times for the buses and going out in the afternoon when we‘re going to the beach. So, then at, let‘s see, at between 1:30 and right after lunch, 1:30 to 3pm, that‘s when we‘re going to have the Circle of Life practicum and learn something about what‘s called the Edonic Code Transmission, which I don‘t know what it is yet, but I know it‘s coming through for the drum circle. So, for that 1:30 to 3 pm segment— and I will try to stay very close to these times for tomorrow, because we have to work around the buses and those kind of things to make sure…. And we only have the permit from I think 4 to 8, so, I have to stay on schedule with it. But, for the 1:30 to 3pm part, if you—the people who are planning to drum, if you would bring your drums here for that part of the workshop so we can get some practicing going and that kind of thing here before we take it out in public, because you could see like 200 and some people sitting and drumming on Siesta Key beach. I glad they allowed us the permit. Anyway, so we‘ll do that from 1:30 to 3, then between 3 and 4 we‘re going to do transit to the beach, which means they‘re going to load up the whatever, shuttles or whatever, and take us to the beach. From 4 to 8, that‘s when we will do the Circle of Life Drum Circle and we will know more about that. They‘re going to give that to me tonight so I know exactly—we‘ll practice whatever it is we‘re supposed to do before we go, in the workshop part before we go, and then we‘ll go out there. It‘s really beautiful. I hope the weather stays nice like it is here because it‘s a really beautiful beach for those, if you have never been to Siesta Key beach, it‘s really a beautiful beach. It‘s like white sand. It‘s actually 99.9% crushed quartz crystal the sand is made out of. I think the Chamber of Commerce or something, a number of years back, had it analyzed to find out what it was, and that‘s what they had said it came out as. We used to do sand burials when we were here before—where we would go in the water, the salt water and kind of like do a live ocean soak and then come back out and bury each other in the sand for the crystal essence to boost the energy field and to clear the energy field out. So, the sand is fun, we can play with it. I don‘t think we can bury this many people though. We got some really strange looks when we did it with the workshop with only about fifty people in it, because regular people on the beach kind of looking at us, going ‗What are those people doing?‘ You see all these little heads poking out of the sand and these lumps of sand. We don‘t have to do that, you don‘t have to, we‘re not going to. If you want to you can, but we‘re not going to schedule those, plus the water might be a little cold still at this time of year. I‘m not sure. I haven‘t been in. I need it to be like bathtub warm or I won‘t go in. So, but, most of all what we‘re going to be there is to do the drum circle and what the drum circle—we‘re going to do some music stuff too around it. Probably like, I think we can do—I don‘t know if we have electrical hook-up capacity there or not. But we‘d like to do a run on Suchi‘s songs and those kind of stuff, Suchi Benjamin‘s, and especially that Freedom song and to get the BPRs going. We‘re also going to, before we go, learn a little bit about what are the Ah-LE-Yas of Momentum that go with the feet. We‘ve had, we‘ve played with the ones with the hands in Kitts, where we were doing the light sticks and the twirls with the light sticks. Now they‘re going to teach us—even if you don‘t have drums, the Earth is a drum and you can use your feet just like the old, in the old times. I remember being a, I think they called them Earth Stompers, a particular tribe I was a part of because we would stomp the Earth and you would stomp the codes in and dance. So, at some point I can see that this will probably look like a bunch of people, some of them drumming, some of them toning, some of then dancing, the whole bit. It should be quite a lot of fun and there‘s going to be major activation that comes through during this period. And then there‘s going to be a point where we just have to—they‘re going to let us know when that point is, while we‘re doing what we‘re doing—where there‘s going to be almost like a tension feel because the White Dragon folk do not want to lose that other 1/6 quantum. And just with the momentum that we‘re The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 7 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

generating, if we generate enough momentum, it will actually, the Kryst host will actually just naturally pull that back a 1/6 of it. And it‘s only temporary, it‘s just to hold off so they can‘t activate the Omega faster. And there will be a point in the drum circle when that comes, so we‘ll know more about it. They‘re going to tell me more about it tonight, and by tomorrow when we are doing the practicum, we‘ll know more about it too. When we—that will go from 4 to 8, then 8 to 9 is transit back to the hotel to get everybody back here. There‘s a dinner break for 9 to 11 and then at midnight, remember, we‘re getting up at 9 in the morning, oh, that‘s right. At midnight until 2 am—maybe not that late, midnight until however long it takes, there‘s going to be the first Aurora Continuum Time Travel Technique 1. It‘s called Entering the Aurora Continuum and that‘s going to be a group Shadra Projection Shield where we get to lay down. At least we have a really big room this time, so we can keep things safe on fire code and everything, with isles between people laying down so there‘s not bodies all over and people getting stepped on and that kind of thing. Because at one of the workshops, it got kind of crazy that way, people were jumping over each other trying to get to the doors and that was not cool. So, we will do a Shadra tomorrow evening. Then Sunday, it‘s a little more civilized schedule because we don‘t have to deal with the buses and permits and things. So we‘re going to aim for, and this is the place that if there‘s going to have to be flexibility in time—this is where it might get weird if they have me up until like, well, if I‘m still taking transmission down at 11am on Sunday, I won‘t be down here. I think we can probably stick to it pretty well so far. I can say I give a positive estimate. From 11am to 2pm will be Session 2 which is Probable Universe and the Mass Hologram. This will start to talk about probabilities a bit more. And then we go into Session 3, from 3 to 6. It will be Probable Selves, Probable Earth, Potential Futures and 2012. So, there‘s some interesting things about probabilities that we‘re going to learn. We‘re going to learn about the structure of probabilities, how they work and how we actually are moving through them. We‘re going to learn a bit about time leaps and what they have to do with probabilities and probability shifting because we are in the middle of a huge time shift. There is a probability shift that must occur during this workshop period, during these activations period, and it is a jump, because we‘ve actually been stuck in a probability loop. Instead of moving to the next progression like we were supposed to because of the—they didn‘t tell me which one of the events in the long drama thing that we‘ve been doing since 2000 here with the FAs—but we got stuck in, we‘ve been stuck in Probability 3 for quite sometime. We just moved into Probability 4, which is good but it‘s still not good enough. When you see the maps, there‘s actually—they‘ve done probability maps where you can start to see what the Probability Structure of the Cosmos looks like in relation to the Ecka maps. There‘s one particular one they have me working on that you can see why we‘ve been having so much trouble, as far as our alignments with the Bourgha Black Hole system, and why it‘s been such a problem. And we‘re actually stuck in a loop that‘s like trying to get out of there, where naturally we‘d shift out, but we‘re stuck in it. And we‘ve got to make a leap from the, what we just entered, the 4th Probability, into the 6th through the activations that take place during this workshop, because the 6th Probability is one that is required to be able to join with the 12 th, an Adjugate relationship. And that does all sorts of good things, like open the Edon gates and those kind of things. So, we were aiming before in the original, expedited Amenti schedule, we were aiming to have the Probability 6 alignment for 2012 and we were just going to ride through on that. But because the drama had escalated to the degree that it has—we need to get into 6 as soon as possible, progress through 6, and progressing through a probability means accreting the frequencies inherent to it and then having it out-picture, so you eventually see it. First you encrypt it and The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 8 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

then you out-picture it, and you walk it. So we have to get into Probability 6, because by 2012 we must be able to do Probability 12 loop and actually go into the center. Talking about probabilities is one thing. When you see the diagrams, it does help to give you a relationship of, ‗Oh, ok, that‘s what—that‘s a probability, that‘s what that means.‘ So the section that‘s probably going to have the most of the technicals and diagrams and those kind of things will be the part on the Structure of Probabilities and that bit, because once you see those structures, it will help to take the more abstract concept of Probability into, ‗Oh, that is a thing just like Tangible Structure of the Soul. There‘s Tangible Structure of Probabilities. And what it is is actually the structure of space/time and how it interweaves and relates different reality fields relate to each other. So, we‘re going to get a glimpse of that. We‘re going to get a glimpse of something called the Sta-LE-Yas, Sta-LE-Yas of Translocation. These are very specialized codes, they are the time travel codes, and there is a process that you can use once you go home with them as well. They haven‘t given them yet. They‘re not going to be pretty color ones yet, or anything, but they‘re—they haven‘t even showed me what they look like yet. But there is a way to use these particular Sta-LE-Yas that will take you to very precise places within the Probability Maps, which means you‘re actually learning to project to specific locations by using the codes that correspond to those locations. So they‘re going to teach us more about what that looks like. And it‘s going to be just the beginning, because eventually we‘re going to learn a lot about projecting and time travel because space/time travel is—we‘re working on ascension, well, that is space/time travel, except it‘s the highest level of space/time travel. If you think about it, we‘re all trying to learn how to slide and glide and want to be able to go. And the objective is to be able to go through a gate and get out of here to…just see a nicer place and like that, and then maybe come back. That would be cool. But imagine if you actually had that power right now, you wouldn‘t know where to go first. What would you do first? Would you go, hmmm, maybe I‘ll go visit the ancient pyramids when the pharaohs were there? I wouldn‘t recommend that, but…. Or what would you do, where would you go? And how would you know that you‘re not getting yourself tied up in something that‘s harming your evolution instead of something that‘s ascension, because there‘s a lot of false ascension passages, there‘s a lot of false gates that go into not nice places. They‘re not places you would want to be. So we‘re going to begin learning how to use these symbols, and the Beloveds want us to use them, because it will give a direct way. They‘re going to start giving classes, literally large—like these are small workshops by comparison to what the Beloveds are going to give on Median Earth. And, not just Median Earth, they‘re also going to use what are called the Edons. So they‘re going to teach us which codes to use and how to use them, so we can start attending these classes in our dream state or in our projection states. And the more you actually do it—where you go into Sa‘dhi consciously, where you say, ‗Ok, I‘m reserving two hours to go into a Sa‘dhi,‘ and you put yourself in a quiet space, and you use the codes, and just let yourself start to fall asleep—there will be a point where you actually don‘t go under. You go under and up again. But you know, your body looks like it‘s asleep, and this is where you can get into this state of consciousness. It‘s about being able to shift state and hold that state and remember it, because a lot of times you‘ll start to go out on a meditation and then, boink, you‘re asleep because you did—you shifted into basically astral consciousness. But it‘s not recording in—it‘s not activating in the DNA, so you have no memory of it except for little pieces that when you come back, ‗Yeah, I think I kind of did that.‘ There is a way that you can progressively teach yourself, and using these codes is very helpful to do it, because it gets you right to certain coordinates that you‘re aiming for, so you can get assistance there. And the coordinates that are actually—it will activate those coordinates in your DNA and your RNA so you can The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 9 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

hold the memory line and eventually get to the point where it‘s, like, somebody calls you and says, ‗Hey, you want to go to the park?‘ or something and you say, ‗No, sorry, I have an appointment at two. I‘m going to Median Earth, but I‘ll be back later.‘ And you really do it. It was in a state like that that Voyagers Volume II was originally given to me. I would actually go, and the Beloveds—I could always hear them, but they would have me lay down, and I would start to do the sleepy thing. And then I‘d wake up but over here somewhere, not in the body, and I would be in a completely different space. It‘s like, ‗Am I in my astral body or my what?‘ I think it‘s probably the Jha-DA Body that I didn‘t know about then, but I would go and I would go to workshops. I would go to—I had individual teachers that would teach me specific things, and they would give me something to take back with me, like a symbolic object or whatever. I‘d come back, and I actually got to the point where I could come back and there was a complete flow of consciousness, where I would drift down and under and not fall asleep and then get involved in that activity and then drift back, where no-going-to-sleep period in between. And I would come back and I would have three chapters there. And I would just sit down at the computer and the information would be there. So, it will work differently for everybody. Some people that are, say, musically inclined will, if that‘s like your natural language, you will draw to you teachers from there that—from Median Earth—that will work with you with music. Or with art, if you‘re an artist, or with numbers if you‘re a mathematician type person, or with science if you‘re a scientific person. So, they‘re actually beginning to—the first step before we all can charge through a gate and say, ‗Hi, we‘re home,‘ is like, we have to get our training, individually and also collectively. And there‘s large groups of people from other places too, not just here, that are being trained in this way. And it has to do with a set of gates that are the Edonic Gates. I don‘t know a lot about them yet. We will by the end of the workshop. But there‘s only certain times when these particular gates can open, and it‘s only during these times that you can enter the Aurora Continuum. And they‘re going to teach us how to begin doing this, so we can literally start forming more real relationships with them, with our own personal training as we go. So there‘s going to be a lot of new things that we learn in this workshop, half of them I don‘t even know yet. It‘s one of those where I‘m going, ―Um; I think it‘s about this. They always—they‘ve told me for years, ‗Just show up. Just show up and it will come, the wave will come.‘ And they said—at this point they kind of laugh at me and they said, ‗Have we let you down yet?‘ And I said, ‗Well no, I‘ve never blown a workshop because it wasn‘t there.‘ It always materializes, sometimes not exactly on time, but you know. So it‘s kind one of those. It‘s just like a gentle heads-up, for it‘s on security clearance and that usually means possible Guardian time. If the Guardian time happens, it would be on this Sunday because that‘s the only time there‘s really flexibility to do it. Except, of course, 9 am tomorrow, but, I would say, ‗9 am, if you‘ll show up I‘ll show up, we‘ll show up and get it over with, the 9 o‘clock.‘ It‘s really funny because I‘ve been on—ever since we‘ve moved to the Watchtower, because we live at the Watchtower now on Pine Island—ever since we‘ve got there, I don‘t know why, but my night and day is completely flipped. And I sleep until two in the afternoon and I‘m up until ten in the morning. It‘s like all night, and it‘s just been constant. So now having to get up and be functional at 9 in the morning, this ought to be really interesting, because usually I‘m going to bed there. It just dawned on me—I just wanted to mention something about when we were talking about the difference between the perfect and the ideal and such, and the story about Esha, the kitty who had, the second one who had passed like literally right after the perfect world itinerary thing happened. That was like Lesson Number One in dealing with the perfection of the world. The next one was, didn‘t know the person very long but—not in this life anyway—but became a very, very close friend with Az, and he happened to be an old Guardian. He was the person who made it so easy, the realtor who made it so easy for us to come to Pine Island. And he sold us the house and became a really, just quick family friend The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 10 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

and the whole bit. And bless him, he was 52 and he died on the 28th of a heart attack, so he decided to—it was like changing of the guard or something. As soon as we were in and settled and he had been—you could tell, he was a very Guardian-type person, you could just feel it. And he helped everybody and he was—for instance, the church service was packed because he took care of everybody. He was an honest and nice, nice person. His name was Richard, Richard Krieg, and he had—that was just another thing in our lessons in perfect. This was not perfect either. His poor family was just broken-hearted and that kind of thing. But it was—you could feel this changing of the guard thing happening like, oh my goodness, he got us in, got us settled and then left. It was just the strangest thing again. Perfect? Maybe, I don‘t see the perfection in it, but I‘m sure some level does. His family certainly doesn‘t see it. Az: It was like a change of the watch. Ash: Yeah, yes, a changing of the watch, of the Watchtower, exactly. What‘s really funny is, he had said that the house we ended up buying, he had actually been interested in buying it at one point. So he really liked the house and that kind of stuff, and that is the house where the activated grid of the center part of the Watchtower is under that. And it actually spreads out for many miles, but that‘s kind of like the anchor zone, where the oak tree is, that ancient oak. Well, not ancient, 100 years or so. But, anyway, I thought I‘d share that part with you too. It‘s been a very strange month actually, with the Perfect World Training happening. And I‘m thinking, we could really use some of the ideal now and keep the perfect for a while. How about some of the ideal? The ideal is where it is, yes, it turned out the way you like it, where something is happening in a way that you like it happening. But, we‘ll learn—we‘ll be talking more about the difference between the perfection and the ideal and also the is-ness—and about creating peace and generating peace and literally changing the quality of what is called your Vibratory Body, or your Water Body. Now, you have—part of your anatomy is called the Vibratory Body, the Water Body, and another part is called the Oscillatory Body. They‘re made of different substances. We‘re going to learn a bit about this Water Body, because it‘s key to actually holding the encryption, whatever encryption is actually being held. It‘s part of the Hydro-acoustic system, but it‘s much more directly connected to the atoms that your body is made out of. And they‘re going to teach us more about this, so we can begin to consciously interact with what that program is—because that program will literally manifest not only what your body is doing, but what hologram you‘re in. And if—right now we‘re stuck in a loop. The planet and the people on it are stuck in that time loop where they just squeaked by into Probability 4. If we‘re going to jump to Probability 6, we have got to change the Probability 4 coding, and move through 5 real fast, and get to 6. So, they‘re going to teach us about the Hydro-acoustic Body‘s aspect called the Vibratory Body and how to begin working directly with—what do they call it? I have to look at the word again. There‘s a particular power tool that can be used, they‘re called Sa-A-Da power tools, that you can use to directly influence the encryption. If you want to create something, for example, it you want to materialize something, this is like the next step in materializing training, how to materialize things like more what you would like in your life and that kind of thing. And it‘s also balanced with the accepting of other things where, yes—what if you have the absolute power to materialize anything you wanted to right now? Would that be perfect or would that be ideal? I think it would probably be perfect because you would get to a point to where, after you‘ve manifested a bunch of stuff and went, ‗Oops, didn‘t think that would come out that way. Whoops, like, uh-oh.‘ Because sometimes you get exactly what you want, and then you go ‗Uh-oh, what did I do?‘ Because sometimes, it won‘t give you the feeling you thought you were going to have from it, or it didn‘t turn out to be the type of experience you thought you were going to have. Like, ‗Oh, I really, really want to go out The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 11 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

with that person. I wish that person would like me.‘ And finally that person loves you, you‘ve magnetized them and now, there you are together and you‘re kind of going, ‗Uh-oh.‘ It could be a job you have that problem with. So there‘s a balance between consciously choosing to materialize, and also allowing the Universe to step in, too— allowing God Source to be a part of that and our higher parts of consciousness, so we can not create ourselves into little traps, where we created it just the way we wanted it. And then you kind of sit in the middle of your creations and go, ‗What did I do, or why, and what am I learning? Usually the Universe or Source will create things with you, co-create with you in a way that will allow you to learn things that help fine tune your own abilities to create. As we progress with the teachings, these Ascension Teachings, the Beloveds‘ Teachings, we are going to inevitably need to learn to handle our energies better—because right now, there‘s part of our mind that‘s still considered subconscious, where it‘s running around doing its own thing, and it‘s sending out all sorts of weird energy that you don‘t even know about on a conscious level. We need to reclaim those parts of our own energy because they are still creating. They are still creating, they are still part of the loop of creation. So we will learn things like, live and let live concept. It‘s funny, we‘ve been teaching the us/them thing and I‘ve not liked having to do that because there are—we are all from the same source. We are of the same source, and honestly we‘re all trying. The people who believe in God are all actually trying to honor the same source. They just fight with each other about how to do that but—oh wait, excuse me, I just got incoming. Wait a minute…pardon me, what? Tell them about the wave. What wave? The wave… I‘m having a conversation here with the Beloveds. They said, ‗Tell them about the wave and I said, ‗Yeah, right, what wave?‘ They said, ‗The wave we‘re going to tell you about.‘ Oh, ok. By the way, I am not a crazy person but when you do have—when you start to have direct communication with even one of them, one of your Buddha helpers or whatever, it‘s kind of like this, where you just…yes, you talk to people that nobody else sees. But I do. The wave, what wave? Ah, got a pen? You have a pen? I don‘t have a pen, remember this word for me. There is a Transcendental Wave coming in during the drum circle tomorrow. They‘ll tell us more about what that is but they—all right, the reason they interrupted to tell me this, but there is a quickening on that that is moving in now, actually. It‘s like a little oscillating—I‘m trying to describe what I‘m seeing. I‘m seeing—it‘s like a kind of bluey/aqua, oscillating thing, moving kind of horizontally, no, more like diagonally through the air. They‘re saying if anybody wants to get a jumpstart on tomorrow‘s—on the drum circle activations and things—to just know that that is in the air now and just breathe some in and expand it into your Krystar vehicle. And they‘ll tell us more about whatever that is, the Transcendental Wave. Cool, all right. This is interesting, I also noticed a bunch of company coming in, kind of like just hanging around up, kind of like—they look like robes with heads. Just robed bodies just kind of hanging in the air, and the heads are up about at the ceiling level, and their bodies are like hanging down and going through the floor level, because they‘re really big. And they said these are one group of the Bhendi‘s, the Bhendi Aquari, and they‘re coming in for something. There‘s a preview. I love these live ones where I just kind of go, ‗I‘m seeing this and I‘m seeing this, what‘s this,‘ right? ‗Hello Beloveds, OK, what are the Bhendi here for?‘ Oh, interesting, they said to wish you, to help you all and wish, anchor and wish you all a Happy Transcendence Day Two, number two. We had a Transcendence Day when the Stellar Activation Cycle started back in 2000. I remember we had the Transcendence Day thing down actually at Siesta Key beach. And there‘s something about full circle coming around here. They‘re being really vague, because it‘s still on security clearance, but just wanted to let you know that the Bhendi are around. And if anybody wants to talk with them about anything, they‘re available, like a little bit closer range—because sometimes they‘re always available to us and so are our Buddha teams, but sometimes it‘s easier to have a rapport with The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 12 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

them when they actually come down in, and they don‘t always do that. They only do that when they‘re here for like major activations or something, but since they are around, if you would like to speak with any of them, just ask one. You can ask your own, your own Bhendi trainer person, or you can just ask, ‗Hey, anybody, you want to talk to me?‘—you know, that kind of thing. So, they‘re hanging out with you. They will also work, they say they will also work with the ZionA and the A‘quai, the healer folks. So it‘s a good time if you want to amplify anything that needs to be healed physically or anything like that, to just take a little bit of time and rest in your room and just ask them to come in and assist, and they will do that. The frequencies are—because they are coming in for this activation, their frequencies are a lot closer than they usually are, so it‘s closer range. It‘s easier to connect with them and for them to connect with us. So they want us to know that. And, they just said, ‗And you go to thy rooms now.‘ OK, so, right, can I eat first? Anyway, let me say…I just want to make sure that I didn‘t miss anything here as I am babbling on. See, I do have notes, notes to thyself. When we do the journey on Sunday night, that one‘s neat. I‘ve been there once. They call it the Seat of Edon, the Cockpit of Creation. That is a really neat place actually, so that one I wanted to mention. Anything else that I need to mention? I think that that is probably all I have to say as far as an orientation—or again, disorientation as it often is. But I hope that we will have a great weekend together and learn lots of new things, which I‘m sure we will. There‘s something in here that I want to be able to go, ‗And….‘ But it‘s like when that happens, I can feel the encryption of the big important thing, but it‘s behind a wall. And I know they‘re putting the wall there, like, that‘s what the security clearance does. That‘s why there are times when it‘s like, when they say—especially when we‘ve had, like, emergency ones, where it‘s like, security clearance fast, because the FAs are trying to do something to the Shield or something, where it just literally, a wall goes down. And I don‘t have anything to say, because I don‘t know what the next part of the wave was going to be. This isn‘t because there‘s anything bad happening. This one is on security clearance, but probably as a protective thing, because there are certain activations in the grids, that if we just blab it out to the world and put it on the itineraries and send it out and people know six months in advance or even a month in advance, that allows the FA sides to try to counteract and mess with the grids even more and up the scales of drama more. So sometimes the Beloveds will choose the security clearance and just say, kind of like need—adds on a need-to-know basis, where they let us know the next piece and where it fits, when there‘s no time for the others to mess up whatever the activation is that‘s coming in. It is a big activation this time. It‘s really funny, I was dreaming about this before we even knew we were going to be doing this workshop. I kept seeing a drum circle on Siesta Key Beach. And it wasn‘t the old ones that used to be there—we didn‘t do those, they‘re from a local group. But it wasn‘t them. It seemed like our people, the people that know about the work, and Azurite people that know about—lets just say Azurite people. I don‘t like to say Azurite people, as if there‘s like something alien or something, because there‘s lots of different people who are associated with this work. It doesn‘t mean you‘re an Azurite, but it‘s like whoever the people that resonate with the Azurite idea, the idea of the Freedom Teachings and those kind of things. And I felt this rather large group. Maybe this is what I was seeing. And there was a massive—in the dream, there was a massive pillar that came down over, like in. The group anchored it, brought it down in and it started to spin and it spread out, way out, like into the ocean and into the land and did something marvelous. And I‘m not sure what the marvelous was. You know how dreams are. You‘re going, ‗Boy, that was great, what was it? I don‘t remember.‘ But it was like an The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 13 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

arc or a dome came over from horizon to horizon in the dream. So I think this dream is connected, and this was—I had that a while ago, before we even knew we were going to come back here, before we knew about the Watchtower or anything. So, something special is in the air. I‘m not sure what it is. But even without knowing exactly what that part of the workshop will be about, we have enough, as far as in the program already, that we will work on being prepared for the drum circle, and I have a feeling that‘s when we‘re going to get into more of the planetary stuff as well. We‘ll talk about the status of the grids and stuff. Usually we do that at the end, I think we‘re doing that at the beginning. And then we‘ll move into the drum circle. And the next day we will do the—that‘s where we‘ll have the more heavy technical information. And I guess I can shut up now, just stop talking. Um, is that it? Yep. Double-checking up there, if there‘s anything they want to say. OK. Ma‘a just said, ‗Tell them all to have a very nice evening.‘ And after the dinner period, there is going to be the newcomers catch-up session, that‘s Sliders 2 techniques 2-4 I believe, so that will be run. Did they do the early one already? They didn‘t even do that yet, did they? I had certain times set on here, but there‘s other people that are getting those together and running them, so I think it starts with the Sliders 1, to Sliders 2 technique 1 that—yeah, it starts around 9:30 anyway. unless somebody…. I have to double check with that. Mac: Quarter to 8. It‘s due at quarter to 8 to start. Ash: Quarter to 8? Ok, all right, that‘s cool. Yea, OK, so then quarter to 8, they‘ll start the newcomers catch-up sessions. And it‘s—also if you want, if you‘ve been to these before and you want to do them for amping your field, you‘re welcome to join too. It‘s not just newcomers, but if you haven‘t been to one of these before, where we‘re doing the technique run, you do need it to pick up the activations, the next level of activations. After a while we won‘t have to do that but right now because these are new activations that we‘ve been doing for the last number of months, you do have to keep—you have to at least run them once with the group Shield in order to be able to hold the frequency, or it will just bypass your body. So, quarter to 8, right? Yes Az: Yes Ash: Quarter to 8, yes. Az: Transcendental. Ash: Yes, I think my brain is transcendental at the moment I‘m so tired. OK, so, quarter to 8 we‘ll do that, and that‘s good, because then you can probably get some sleep before 9am tomorrow. And I‘ll be here, if you‘ll be here. So, have a good evening and thank you for coming and I hope you enjoy this beautiful area. Bye. [Track 2B] A‘sha [Track 2B] Is this on? Yes. (response from audience/Ash chuckling) Sounds like we‘re going to rock Siesta Key beach! (laughing) Yeeeehaaay! The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 14 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Az went up to get the papers because we forgot to bring them down, the ones that I have to put on the mylars, so I‘m a little out of breath for this pardon me. A few too many all-nighters is really getting to me, and I am a bit short of breath today, so just bare with me if I‘m a little panting while I am speaking. We got more transmission all through the night, and there‘s a thing that I would like to read to you, a couple of pages of new information that they have given us, that has to do with understanding what we‘re doing with the Drum Circle and why. And this is part of the surprise that…I knew that they had a surprise, a security clearance surprise that had to do with the Edonic Gates and whatever that meant. Well they gave me a bit more information on it, and as soon as Az gets back---we‘re on the 10th floor so it takes a little bit of time to get up there and back down---as soon as he gets back with the papers I‘ll read that to you. But it…this Drum Circle event is very special in the fact that it will do something called opening the Edonic Gates. When I have the graphs in a few minutes---when he gets back---I‘ll be able to show you a little bit more about what that means. And what‘s really neat about the fact that the Edonic Gates are going to open, it‘s best explained in just reading it in the straight text that they gave it to me---because they word things better than I can paraphrase---but there‘s something that‘s going to occur during this Drum Circle and also during the activations that we will do here tomorrow, that has never happened on this planet before. It‘s the first time it‘s ever been done, and it‘s a huge event that has huge healing potential for many many people. And this has to do with the Drumming Codes that we‘re actually putting in. So I know that Az was going to break you into groups, and who is going to drum what type of rhythms. There are three different rhythms. They have the Base Tone, the Overtone and the Resonant Tone sets of coded rhythms. These coded rhythms … we‘ll understand them even better tomorrow when we go through the Structure Of Probabilities diagrams, because I can show you specifically where those numbers are coming from. But in a nutshell, these numbers of where these drum beats are coming from, they are literally a Dial-Up Code for… like if…say if you have a Star Gate and it has a dialing code---just like your phone has a dialing code---well these are specific dialing codes that go from all the way where we are here Amenti Earth---our Net Earth---all the way up through, up into the Eckasha-Aah system. So there‘s a number for each level, where you have the Veca system number---which would be the Universal number---then the Cosmic level ones. And it allows for the Center Actuality they call it---the Buddha Center that we‘ve talked about---it allows for those particular Gates to open, and that is something that‘s never been done on this planet. So, as soon as I get the papers from Az, and think I just saw him floating somewhere. Did I? (chuckling) Anyway, when I read it, it will make more sense to you. And the important thing about it is getting…like where we get into the…getting fired up for this event because it is a very special event, and the more energy that we can create around it with the drumming and if… you don‘t have to drum, if you‘re not drumming you can clap. There‘s also the foot stances that, it‘s simply using your feet as the drum but doing the same codes, and there is a specific code sequence that…here he comes. (Ash chuckling and acknowledging Az) Hi. So I‘ll read this to you and then it will be easier to explain. But I‘m not at my best, I apologize. I‘m really not feeling well this morning, it‘s been a bit too many all-nighters, and...I think I can read this one because I don‘t know if I have typos. Here we go. This is what I ended up spending half the night doing. (A&A in discussion) The few pages that they gave me are called… it‘s under a title called Rebirth of Atomic Eternal Life Potential. What being born-again really means. And this has to do with you know how we have born-again Christians and all of that kind of stuff right? What is really meant by that, or what was originally meant by it…because in all of our religions that we have today---the Re-Legions--The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 15 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

parts of those teachings from all of the Re-Legions were originally taken out of these original teachings. So there are still pieces of it left. I don‘t know what they describe being born-again in the name of Jesus Christ that they do in the churches here but, what born again really means is this. And it‘s…the technical heading of this it‘s called Density Accretion Cycles. Probabilities. Resolute Twins. Leap Year Endowments and Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis. This is a mouthful. Ash to Az. Can you put this one up. This one here please. Yeah I need that one up. I‘m gonna put up this diagram here to clarify what is meant by the term Density Accretion Cycles. You‘ve seen this before---this chart before---as the Load-Out Schedule Chart, and we‘ve talked about the Birthday Charts before, and they‘re simply the Harmonic Key Accretion Cycles that where after you have your gestation period---where you have conception over here in the center---and your Spirit Body grows, and then you do Fetal Integration into the baby body inside your parent---your mother---and then you get birthed here. This is where the Birthday Chart starts. So this is an Accretion Cycle. Every one of these---which are called Octants---these little areas, there‘s eight of them, and they‘re called Octants. O-C-T-A-N-T-S. And each of these Octants, there‘s a set of Harmonic Keys that are accreted into the body from the Spirit Body into the Physical Body, and then they‘re turned on and grow the Physical Body, and then what they‘re supposed to do at these leap points---these Leap Year Points---they‘re supposed to then transmute and turn in…or yeah, transmute into ManA, where you‘re progressively building the Ascension Body. Now we have a mutation in our Gene Code that prevents that process from happening naturally. So when I read this, know that we‘re talking about the Accretion Cycles by which you would normally bring in the frequencies from the Spirit Body to grow the Physical Body in matter, and then that matter would be progressively transmuted and transfigured back into spirit---or respiritualized---in order to take your atoms with you where you could go into full Ascension and become a Masha‘YahnicSelf where you have the Eternal Life atoms. So, in just keeping that in mind I‘ll finish reading this, or I‘ll start reading it actually. It says: ‗Each 8 year Density Accretion Cycle---one of those rounds has 8 years---where it goes from…well, I‘ll point that out. (Ash refers to Az) Can you put that up for me? I need to sit. Would you just point in the center, there. (laughter with Ash & audience) Would you hold the pointer there? Yes please. (Az commenting and Ash laughing with audience) Just for a minute. Go like this. Go like this. (Az doing something funny, audience clapping) Can you show us one 8 year Accretion Cycle? (Az comments back) Can you show us one 8 year Accretion Cycle? (lots of amuzement during this section) Start at the zero line. No, inside, inside… never mind. Yeah, the first one. See where it says Year 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 right? That is one 8 year Accretion Cycle. (lots of laughter) Okay, that‘s good. So that 9th year is a transfiguration year, where you actually start bringing up (laughing)…yeah, thank you. Thank you very much. (applause). And after that 8 year cycle you have the 9th year which is the Leap Year Cycle, and that is literally where all the Codes that you‘ve just accreted turn on, and it raises your Base Pulse Rhythm up to where you start accreting---or bringing in---the Codes from the next level up. The first level would be the Density 1 Codes, the second the Density 2 Codes etc, and that is like the natural growth process. So here it says: ‗Each 8 year Density Accretion Cycle represents Accretion, Activation and Consummation---which is like out-picturing---of the Harmonic Key Codes pertaining to 1 of the 4 Probabilities in a Resolute Twin Set‘. Now we‘ve talked about in other workshops, and we‘ll talk about it more when we get into the technicals tomorrow, the Resolute Twin Set. You know how we have our Adjugate Twin which is on the opposite side…could you put this one up please. Thankyou. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 16 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

You have just a little reference here especially for people who might be new. I‘ll do this one. This is the structure of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body with its Allurean Chamber Lines, except here they‘re being called Probability Lines, so each one of these lines connects to a sphere of energy right there, the KaLE Hara and the Mahara Reishi Spheres that we‘ve talked about, and we‘ll look at this more in detail tomorrow when we get into the technical‘s, but a Resolute Twin…or our Adjugate Twin. If we are on Horizon 4, if this is our reality system here, or if this is the Probability we are, then 10 is our Adjugate. If you take 2 Adjugate pairs you would get 1 and 7, would be the other Adjugate pair, but together with 4 and 10 make a Resolute Twin Set. So there are 4 Reality Domains. When they are talking about the Accretion Cycles, each one of the primary 4 Accretion Cycles---for each of the Densities---corresponds to 1 of the 4 Probability Spheres in a Resolute Twin Set, and when they are all activated that‘s when those spheres can pull into the middle---into the Buddha Domain--- and literally transfigure. So this is the concept that they are talking about here. So what they‘ve said is: ‘Each 8 year Density Accretion Cycle represents Accretion, Activation and Consummation of the Harmonic Key Codes pertaining to 1 of the 4 Probabilities in a Resolute Twin Set. Harmonic Key Accretion through each of the 4, 8 year Density Accretion Cycles culminates in Accretion, Activation and Consummation of the Harmonic Key Codes and corresponding DNA/RNA and Epigenetic Overlay of a Resolute Twin Set, resulting in KaLA Hara Eiradonis engagement Starfire Stage 1, and the organic progression through the atomic transmutation and transfiguration of the Starfire Ascension Cycle Folds of Creation‟. So in other words, the natural process of Harmonic Key Accretion, it is actually accreting 1 each of those 4 Domains or 4 Probabilities within a Resolute Twin Set, and at the end of 4 cycles---4 of those 8 year cycles---you would go into the Transfiguration Cycle and be able to become Krysted, is what it‘s called. Now, it says:‘Due to the environmentally caused genetic mutation of Earth‘s life field, this organic process does not unfold as it should, resulting in a progressive decline of atomic integrity as the Physical Body ages, rather than a progressive transfiguration of the atomic structure to eternal life status‘. So we should be progressively transfiguring the atoms into the eternal life status, but instead we get decline of the atoms and they die instead. Which…it‘s the natural…I‘m trying to paraphrase some of this because they did some those really, really long sentences that they used to do in the old days, and It‘s like ‗oh boy‘! (Ash speaking to herself) So…and they‘re just saying: ‗The natural progression for what is called the Diamond Sun Krystal Code---DNA Code--is…you know, it‘s the 12 Strand DNA Code or more---has the ability to undergo the natural Accretion Cycles in order to reach the KaLA Hara Stage 1 Starfire. So, let‘s see. ‘For those afflicted by such environmentally induced genetic mutation factors‘---as that we have on this planet---‘bio-regenesis of the Eternal Life potential can be achieved in progressive stages through which the organic integrity of the multidimensional anatomy can be progressively and systematically restored, which the last 10 years of MCEO techniques work has n been enabled.‘ So, we had to go through the techniques work that we had done already in the last ten years. Those techniques were to build things in the field and then different parts of our anatomy that needed to be done before this particular last step can be done. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 17 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

‘Following which‘…after we do all of those other things that we‘ve got our Light Bodies together, we‘ve got our Spirit Bodies activated, all of the things that we‘ve been working on. ‘Following which a catching up on Accretion Cycles lost, can be achieved to restore accretion‘…wait a minute. ‗To restore‘…my eyes are really bad today. I‘m gonna let him read this you know that? I‘ll comment. (to Az) You read it and I‘ll comment on it ok?. My eyes are really, really blurry today, and I‘m having even a problem with the close-up vision. So anyway I‘m right here. Sorry about that. Ok. Lets see. Let‘s start with this: ‘Following which a catching up on Accretion Cycles lost can be achieved.‘ Az: To restore the organic transfiguration? Ash: Yeah exactly. Yeah that‘s it. Az: So: ‘Following which a catching up on Accretion Cycles lost can be achieved to restore the organic transfiguration function and potentialities of the atomic structure. Catching up on Accretion Cycles lost can be achieved through utilizing the endowments of the organic Leap Year Cycles (which are organically set in motion with the pre-natal Fetal Integration process, but within the Earth‘s mutation the leap year endowments are rendered dormant). After calculating your personal leap years by the date of your physical birth, you can use these years to activate the leap year endowments by back-running Harmonic Key Accretion, Activation, Consummation that should have taken place in prior years.‘ Ash: Ok yeah! In other words, we can actually back-run, but we actually have to go to the future as you‘ll see in a minute, you have to go to the future to do it, to be able to back-run all the way back through. And the leap years that they‘re talking about are those that were… how did you describe them? That every 9th year? And there‘s a way that…tomorrow we‘ll have these calculation sheets for you. They look like this, so you can actually calculate your own. Ash to Az: If you‘ll put that up please, just show them that quickly. So you will actually be able to calculate… (Az speaking with Ash) Ash: Um, what? Az: Do I go back to this chart? Ash: Just leave that up for now. We‘ll put that one up. So you‘re going to get these tomorrow. This is just the general one that shows how these work. If you take…I‘m gonna… (Ash to Az) Actually I need these two together. We can show those two together temporarily. Yeah! Kind of like side by side. Yeah. Just move it to the side a little bit and put that other one with it. Just for a minute so you can see the two of them. Az commenting. Ash: Just that one. Yeah! Yeah. Right! Just so you see what this is now.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 18 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Remember I said these were Octants? One of these is an Octant. You‘d have like Octant 1, Octant 2, Octant 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. So it has all the cycles. It‘s like every 9 years. So you have a stripe of them, where you‘d have like Year 2, 10, 18, 26, 34, etc. (To Az) Now could we put this one up? That would be 2, 10, 18, 26, 34. That would be Octant 2. Now there‘s specific Probabilities that are actually being accreted during each of these year cycles, and these are like the years...if you‘re in year 2, you‘re actually…it‘s when you‘re 1 years old, because this would be when you‘re zero years old. That‘s from birth to your first birthday is your first year. So you‘re zero years old during that. This would be where you‘re 1 years old, then you‘re 2 years old…it runs…the age you are at runs the number behind. Now if you take these, this is just showing each one of those sets going out on that pie chart, each one of the Octants going out this way, so it‘s counting 1in each set of the Densities going out. Once you‘ve got these all calculated out like this, where you can see what‘s on what Octant, then you can start this with your year, where you put your birth date in here and then you just calculate to get your leap years. You just put …you go +8+8+8. Say if 1964 it was mine, +8 and then that+8 +8 to get exactly which years are your leap years all the way through. So you can tell when you…these are the years when you should be doing the leap cycles, and if you didn‘t make them you kinda go back to the next one, the one before, and then start over again. We only have up to the age of the leap year in the 97th year. After that the Base Pulse Rhythm of the body won‘t be able to actually hold a leap and that‘s when you would have to Bardoah---or whatever---if you haven‘t made the natural transfiguration by then. We‘ll talk more about that stuff tomorrow, but I wanted to point this out to you before we do our drumming thing. This…part of what we‘re gonna do once we‘ve got our years figured out, the year say like mine was 1964 like I said. That would be a Drum Code as well, that would be 1-9-6-4. But you would actually…so you would use a 1-9-6-4 Drum Code. Well you‘d actually figure out all of these where you‘d have all of your leap years on your chart, and then you would take from the one furthest up here, and use them as Drum Codes all the way back, and you would actually beat those in, in sequences of--- what did they say---I think 6, yeah 6 repetitions done 12 times. So, they‘re going to teach us how… tomorrow we will do this here once we calculate our birth rhythms so we know what they are, that you would take this whole line of numbers, say like 2040 and going backwards -8, -8. But it would give you a string of numbers, and those string of numbers would actually be the Code that you would use after you use the big Codes that we‘re going to use today, after these Edonic Gates are open. Then you would be able to use your own Date Codes and literally program back in the natural BPR‘s that will connect you into your Edonic-Self, or your Core Buddhic- Self, your Core Buddha-Self that we‘ve talked about. So it‘s a fascinating process. They just explained this to me today in this writing, it was through the writing that they explained it. So I‘ll let Az finish and I‘ll comment on little bits of it here and there too. (Ash to Az) There‘s some really long sentences in there. Az: Okay new sub-head: ‗Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis. The Buddha State, Middle Earth and the Aurora Continuum. ‘The ability to achieve this Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis of reclaiming growth lost, requires going back to the future. To achieve the Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis one must project forward in space time into the point of actualization, the Central Actuality Dominion in which the full spectrum of Harmonic Key Codes encryption for your personal identity The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 19 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

and Self in time exists as fully actualized. The Central Actuality Dominion or Buddha State (in which the wholeness of who/what you are, and who/what you came here to be, exists in full Eternal Life Krysted expression)‘. ‗This represents the immediate Krysted past from which you came into Incarnation, and simultaneously the immediate Krysted future toward which your current Incarnation is re-evolving‘. „Footnote - If you, like most people on Earth have been Incarnationally stuck in the Net Earth space/time distortion fields, your immediate Incarnational past in this lifetime may have been far from Krysted. You may have engaged Fetal Integration in this life from one of your Density 2 Soul‘s 12 Incarnates Probable Selves who did not achieve selfactualization or return to the Core Actuality Dominion and Buddha Bud Identity. In this case, the immediate Krysted past from which you came into Incarnation will be the last Incarnation from which you Incarnated from the Central Dominion Bud State, the BPR and encryption of which you and numerous past Incarnational Selves are trying to reevolve to become‘. ‗In going back to the future, the ability to re-enter the point of actualization (Central Actuality Dominion Bud State) is dependent upon the largest space/time cycles that govern evolution of Planets, Solar Systems, Galaxies and Universes within the Eternal Life Cosmos. To engage the dormant leap year endowments (in order to accomplish Leap Year Back-Run Bio-Regenesis) requires that the Edonic Gates to the Middle Domain Edons and their corresponding Edonic Gate sets within the Central Actuality Dominion Bud Cell are opened. This is a condition possible only under the circumstance of Universal Starfire during Evac Order SAC‟s‟. Stellar Activation Cycles. ‗It is at these points of Universal Starfire Evac only, that the Four Faces---that‘s the Resolute Twin Sets---of persons, Planets, Galaxies and Universes can be brought together to enter the Central Bud Realm of Actualization. For it is only during these times that the Aurora Continuum, that is, between the Outer and Inner Probability Selves of the Cosmic Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body, becomes accessible to those existing within the Outer Cell Probability Dominions. In simple terms then, to accomplish the rebirth, or to become really born again into Eternal Life Krystic Atomic Transfiguration Ascension Potential via the resetting and awakening of your original Bud Core Actuality Dominion Encryption, requires a special set of circumstances on the Universal level Those special circumstances are when the Aurora Continuum becomes accessible to those within the Outer Cell Probability Dominions. These are a set of circumstances that occur only during Universal Starfire Evac Order SAC‘s, which expedite the organic bio-rhythms and BPR‘s of beings and systems that still hold viable Kryst Ascension potential. Exchange between Ash & Az. ‘In simpler terms yet‘, kid me not! (Az & audience having a laugh) ‘to achieve the Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis by which one recovers the biological ability to engage the organic process of Eternal Life atomic transmutation and transfiguration in order to engage the eternal organic Starfire Ascension Cycle Folds of Creation, through which mortal anatomy transfigures into Eternal Life atomic structure.‘ This is simpler yet okay? ‘A being in the Outer Domains must do one simple (Ash & Az in discussion) bud complex thing.‘ Ash: but. Az: But! … Okay, we‘ll try it again. ―A being in the Outer Domains must do one simple but complex thing. Exclamation mark! (Ash chuckling) The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 20 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

‗This one simple but but complex thing, is to re-enter into the DNA/RNA EGO the precise Encryption Codes of the Personal Resolute Twin set. That‘s the encryption of your personal last Incarnation from which you Incarnated into Density 1from the Central Dominion Bud State which is held within your Central Actuality Dominion Buddha State. To go back to the future in order to become re-born Eternal, that‘s the organic progression through the atomic transfiguration realignment and transfiguration re-spiritualization phases of the Starfire Ascension Cycle Folds of Creation by which the mortal anatomy transfigures into Eternal Life atomic structure. This also requires one simple but complex thing. This simple but complex thing is what we are all invited to do if each individual so chooses to do during the Shield of Aquafereion Drum Circle event.‘ That‘s today, Saturday April 11 2009. ‗To put this as simply as possible. During this Shield of Aquafereion Drum Circle event, the Krystics will ask us to put into the Earth Grids the Cosmic Encryption of Middle Buddha Earth which is incidentally, the original encryption of Amenti Earth before its Templar compromised. The BPR encryption Bud Gate Dial-Up Code as carried 560 million years ago.‘ ‘This Amenti Earth Bud Gate Dial-Up Code is the specific numerical sequence pertaining to Earth‘s vertical Probability alignment from the Universal Veca to the Cosmic Eckasha-Aah levels of the Planetary Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body. The Bud Gate Dial-Up Code consists of three numerical sequences that can be entered into Earth‘s Templar through drumming and/or lower Ah-LA-yas‟--- that‘s foot work or dance---‗The Ah-LE-yas‘ excuse me. British inflection. What‘s that? Az to Ash: A) As in 1. Yes. ‗The Base Code pertaining to the probability alignments of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body which is a numeric sequence of 5 followed by 11, followed by 12, followed by 4, and that comprises one round. Az: That‘s one of six rounds right? Ash: Yeah, that would be___ and you do that 6 times. Az: 6 times right? Yeah. And then we do that 12 times. Ash: Yes. Az: The sequence of 6 yes? Ash: Yes. (chuckling) Az: Okay, so… A) The Base Code pertaining to the Probability alignments of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body are the sequence of 5-1112-4. So base people, that‘s your number sequence so please make a note of it now. 5-11-12-4, so that will be a round of (demonstrates 5 taps), (Ash: Or it can be) short pause… Az and Ash discussing between themselves. Az: I just hadn‘t confirmed with Ash and the Beloveds that each single round---- 5,11,12 and 4---there will be a pause on a count of 3 before we resume, you remember I was talking to you and saying if there was anybody loses it, at the end of each round? Ash & Az in discussion. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 21 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So if we go from 5 through 11 through 12 through 4. At 4, there‘ll be at whatever speed we‘re going at, there‘ll be a 1, 2, 3 before we go back to 5, 11, 12 and 4, and then we go 1, 2, 3. So if anyone forgot the rhythm they can see where the space is, and then they can pick up again and come into the sequence with everyone else. So this one corresponds to the tone, or slap? I think that‘s slap actually. (Discussing with Ash) Just checking something. (A&A continue discussion) (In response to a question from participant).Yes.Yes,yes. But 3 at the end of the full sequence. 30:04 (talking to Ash quietly) Sorry, we‘re just muttering. (A&A in discussion) Okay, sorry, we‘re just muttering. (Ash chuckles) Okay, now the B, the second sequence. This applies to slap group okay? This is called the Overtone Codes, so the slap group will run the Light Body Ecka Map co-ordinates which is a sequence of 4-4-3 and 2. And if I‘d realized that I‘d have gone with the slap people actually. (A&A chuckling) So the slaps are 4-4-3-2, and that leaves the tone in case C, the Resonant Tone which is the tone group. This pertains to Spirit Body Adjugate and their sequence is 8-5-6 and 10. (A&A in discussion) I think it is, I‘m pretty sure it is. Well base is base, I‘m sure that‘s slap. (To the group) Wait a minute, just checking technical‘s here. (A&A continue discussion) Alright, so the group 3---the people that are playing the tone---the first number should be 11. In other words you‘re gonna do 11-5-6-10. (Az responds to delegate) Sorry? No not 8. 11. Ash: A typo. Az : Now the speed. The speed that these people are going to go through that, is going to be much faster than these two groups. So, the number of actual tones is…(speaking to Ash softly, adding up the numbers and comparing the speed of the groups) So to answer an obvious question which we were murmuring to each other a little more about, I was pointing out to Ash that the slap group are going to go through their sequence much faster than everybody else, because they‘re only during 4-4-3-2, while you got 13 strikes of the drum. Whereas the other two groups have got around about 30 strikes of the drum for one complete set. So… Ash: ____ Az : but do you want to hold the BPR down? Ash: See if you can syncronise them The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 22 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Az: Hmm? Ash: See if you can syncronise them Az : It means that the slap people are the most experienced, so they can go really fast as well. But the other people are the less experienced ones, so they‘re going to be more…but you know? What are we going to do? Ash: Let me ask _____. Az to group : Just conferring here. (A&A discussing quietly) Az: We‘ll work it out in a moment then. Ash to the group: We‘re just learning this too. Az: So has everyone…everyone got their tone sequences and the number of times they… good. Okay then. So to continue. ‘When played together in sets of 12 rounds with 6 repetitions of each round… (A&A again discuss) So to be clear. That means that each round is your 5-11-12-4 all the way through 6 times okay? That‘s one. And then we do that 12 times. ‗When we do this, this Bud Gate Dial-Up Code known as the Edonic Code remains‘…sorry, ‗opens the Edonic Gates to Middle Earth, the Central Actuality Domain for Amenti Earth‘. (A&A in discussion) Az: She was pointing out the Inner Domains at the center---the center circle that Ash pointed to---and we‘re in the Outer Domains, is what she was talking about. That‘s the Inner. Ash: (chuckling) To make this simple. These are the Edon Gates that are being opened, that the Edonic Code will open. We‘re out here, our Domains are out here---why is this doing that---in the Outer Domains here. This is the Middle Domain that‘s called the Edon. This is the Adon, the Inner Domain, and this is the Core Domain. In the Core Set---in the Bud Set---there is another one of each of these in there. It‘s opening the connection between this one, through this one into literally the Core. So what‘s known as Middle Earth exists in there. And Middle Earth is the place…anything in those Domains are the place where the full actualization of a pattern is reached, and its an Eternal State, so it is basically an Earth that did not undergo the damage down here, didn‘t undergo the damage to the Templar that our Net Earth has undergone. So it‘s a big thing to open those, they‘ve never been open. Those gates have never been open on Earth. Az: ‘Once the Middle Earth Edonic Gates are opened, personal Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis can be achieved by drumming in, in reverse order‘---that‘s from the future to the past---‘the personal Star Date Codes which are the year The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 23 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

numbers of your Personal Leap Year Sequence.‘ And the example of that is 1964 is a code of 1, then 9, then 6, then 4. And this is going to be done during tomorrow‘s session. ‘Using the Middle Earth Dial-Up Code followed by your Personal Leap Year Sequence Code in reverse order as a meditative ritual at least two times per month, will progressively create Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis activating the chain of Harmonic Key Accretion Cycles within the DNA/RNA EGO, progressively restoring the biological ability to transfigure mortal anatomy back into its organic condition of Eternal Life atomic structure‘. ‗With the April 11 2009 Circle Of Life Drum Circle on Siesta Key beach, the Middle Earth Edonic Bud Gates will be opened for the first time in Amenti Earth‘s 560 million year old history, bringing the great healing potential of Leap Year Back-Run Regenesis to the Earth‘s Life Field for the first time ever’! (applause) (A&A sharing a delighted moment) ‘So this event marks the day when humanity and the Life Field of Amenti Earth is indeed re-born, or really born again.‘ ‘This event constitutes a sublime Edonic Baptism of the Spirit as the body vessel embodies the potentials of its Personal Edonic Code, the Hydrolase Living Water Encryption of your Personal Central Actuality Dominion Bud State Edonic-Self.‟ And we‘re going to get what? (A&A in discussion) Ash: They‘ll let us know after the Drum Circle part is done and before we go… well probably as the Sun is going down kind of thing, like where it‘s still just a little bit there, for people who want to receive the activation. Because once we do the Drum Circle and put these Codes in, there‘ll be a back-run on the Codes that the Earth will send back, and it will run the Edonic Codes through from the Center Edon Earth. And they would like us to stand in a line---like a single file line along the beach---this is going to be hilarious too, (chuckling) it‘s gonna be like a two mile long line, and…just to receive the frequencies. There‘ll be both frequencies coming up through…actually through the water, and that‘s why they would like us to be in at least ankles level in water. You don‘t have to be all in water, just ankles. And also there will be rays coming from the Sun as it‘s going down, and it‘s a combination between the Solar Rays and the frequencies that will be coming up in the water that will bring those activation Codes---the Edonic Codes, the Planetary Edonic Codes---into your system, and once they‘re in your system, then your system can… it will be ready. Primed to use your own set for the Regenesis that…we‘ll get that tomorrow. I‘ll have those sheets for you so you can fill out and figure out what your Code Sequence is in years. But for today---for those who would like to join us---there will be…they will be giving also with this transmission---which is just coming in--they‘ll also be running again for people who haven‘t received it yet, a Level 4 Minister Ordination. Frequencies will come through with that, and they‘ve done that once or twice before. So, the big thing is…there‘s a lot in here that I could probably do like 20 graphs on, but I didn‘t have time to do the graphs except for the ones that I have here. What we‘ll do when we do the graphing tomorrow---the graphology tomorrow---there is more of the detailed ones like this, where we‘ll read a lot of the things and those kind of things as long as I can get some sleep, because when I‘m up most of the night like this---and I‘ve been doing this for almost a week now---my eyesight goes, where I can‘t even read close-up like this which is pretty bad. So, fortunately today is more of an action day, and tomorrow is more of the graph day.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 24 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So if I get some sleep tonight i‘ll be able to read the small print on the graphs, and there‘s a number more of them. We‘ll deal tomorrow the…with more of the structure of Probabilities and how they fit into the structure of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body, because there‘s actually not just…there are not just 12 Probabilities in 1 Elum-Eiradhona Set, there‘s actually 72 different ones. (chuckling) Yeah, because there‘s actually 72 Cells in that whole Cluster even though it looks like there‘s just 12. So we‘ll get into that structure, and then we‘ll be able to see how that fits with the Ecka Maps---in as far as the Cosmic level---how the Elum-Eiradhona fits with the Ecka Maps, and through that we can start to see what they‘re talking about with these Codes that we‘re putting in when we use the Probability Codes. And those graphs will be enough to entangle the brain trying to get the Probabilities lined up with the Ecka Maps with... well you‘ll see those tomorrow. So, this was what they kept me up all night with on a…is trying to get this across so we could understand the significant of the Drum Circle that we are doing today. It‘s not just to go have fun and like celebrate world peace and that kind of stuff. It‘s about that. But it literally is the being born again potential of this Planet, and this is what…we still are in a Fall System, but there is the ability to bring in the Edonic Codes which means some of the Grids will be able to go out in the Load-Out…at the end of the Load-Out Cycle. So without that Regenesis of some of the Grids, none of them would get out. But more importantly than even what part of the Earth can get out, is the fact that this will now enable us to get those sequences of Codes back that we did not have turned on at the right times because of the mutation. So we‘ll be able to…we‘re giving a gift to the Earth and embracing our Mother and giving her the gift of the Edonic Sequence so she can give back the gift of the Edonic Code to us, in order to help us heal. And once we have that Code activated in ourselves, we do need to---they said it‘s like a meditation---and they didn‘t say for how long but it‘s not long. You don‘t have to like drum for like the whole day or anything like that. But once or twice a month, if you spend like even 5 or 10 minutes just doing…putting your Code back in. And even if you don‘t have a drum, even if you just like do it on your knee with your hands, that kind of thing. (Az comments to Ash) Yeah! Or bang a table. Exactly! (Ash chuckling) So, this will keep it running from the future literally, back down through so it will link into your DNA and all of the DNA Codes and bring them back in sequence. At some point it should actually probably change and make alterations in the DNA sequences that are out of sequence. So eventually I would think Science should be able to see some results of people using these kind of things where there would actually be things turned on in the DNA that are not turned on right now or, that they would see possibly certain things restructure themselves within the DNA itself. So there is a lot of potential here as far as eventually being able to see the significant differences in healings---in spontaneous healing---that can occur through the DNA itself when we‘re working with these Codes. But for now the…even if you can‘t see it under a microscope, this is beginning the process of…not even beginning it, we have been beginning it for a long time. We‘ve been working for a long time a lot of techniques over the years to progressively get our multi-dimensional anatomy to the point where it could actually accept this. Where the Light Body structure was healed enough, where parts of the Spirit Body structure were turned back on and healed enough where you could actually do this, and we finally have reached that point. And finally they are allowing it as an option on the Planet so, it is an exciting event. I wish I could be a little bit more, ―Aaah yay!.‖ I‘m really tired (chuckling) right now and I do apologize for that. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 25 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

(Talking to Az) So what time is it? (A&A in discussion) We‘re talking about how we‘re gonna do the practicum thing now. What we‘d like to do is…well Az is going to run it, but for people are aren‘t drumming there‘s the feet thing, and it‘s basically that there‘s no fixed steps. They haven‘t given us any at this time. But you would just literally---and preferably when you‘re on the beach and you‘re barefoot---you would just literally stomp them in like they were your hands on a drum. Use the Earth as the drum, and your feet as your hands basically. (chuckling) You‘re drumming with your feet kind of thing, and I think that‘s it. Ash & Az in discussion. Ash: Yes. On to the practicum part! Ooi. Today was one of those days that‘s just been…because last night was one of those nights of being (chuckling) up waaay too much. Ash to Az: So how do you want to organize them with this? You already have them in groups right? Did you? (Ash and Az discussing) Az: So it seems that we‘ve just came up with the idea that we‘ve got drummers and stampers which is a bit ____…and the structure---or the Sha-Dra if you like---that we‘ll use will consist of 6 circles if the beach allows, because I haven‘t been on the beach for I don‘t know…5 years. So hopefully we can do this. We will be one big circle when we‘re done. So, if you can just try and picture one big circle that is comprised by 6 circles going all the way around the edge which are what form the big circle, yeah? And in one position which would correspond to the South, will be the Base Group, and then---as if you imagine a triangle like a Tetrahedron---the slappers and the toners will form the other two corners of the triangle, and the stompers will stand in between them. So if we go around it, we‘ll have the slappers, stampers, toners, stampers, bases… yes? (A&A) Like that? Yeah, alright. A&A in discussion. So, she‘s trying to get me into more practice you know. You can tell. (Az is in discussion with Mac in the background) Az: And they know who they are Mac yeah? Ok. What that was about was Mac was really just explaining to me how we were trying to avert a problem, because there are 275 of us I think---give or take---and we have a permit on the beach for 200. And since we‘re led to think that this won‘t be our first and only visit to Sarasota in the coming months and years, we don‘t really want to upset the people who determine whether we get permits or not to go on to the beach because it‘s a very important location for us to be. So, bless Kathara Team and Council Members who have volunteered to work the perimeter as if they were tourists just floating around the circle I‘m about to talk to you about. So they‘re going to play tourists so that we don‘t get compromised. And I think it‘s very kind because I recognize and understand why people tend to want to be close to the middle and whoever is speaking---which would be herself, or me on this rare occasion---and people you know, we don‘t like to pick people at random and say ‗Oh you go on the edges, you go away from the action‘ so to speak. So I‘m very The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 26 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

grateful to the maturity of Council and KT who recognize the problems and said ‗well we‘ll do that‘, so they can actually look after us in more ways than one. Now…(applause) It‘s not Krystic to state the obvious, but thank you for doing that. They deserve the recognition. So, I‘ve got to play with a 6 point set-up with a 12-point diagram right? You know I‘m going to be heading for trouble hon? You do don‘t you? (Ash saying something back to Az) Yeah, but I‘ve got to go in-between points and stuff. Oh and look. It‘s silly. Silly. What I was saying was---if I remember---the beach faces North/South doesn‘t it? I think it does. Anyway…(A&A) Well, the ocean faces West. You go across the Gul, that‘s West. The beach goes North/South. Yes it does. So what I was saying was, here will be a circle of stompers. Here will be slap and tone drummers. And then coming down here, there‘ll be two groups of stompers more or less in these positions here and here. And then on this point will be the Base Group. And we‘ll be facing South. We‘re both in the base group yeah? Huh? (A&A) We‘re both in the base group. Yes. Are they telling you to be somewhere else? No? Well we‘re being in the base group because as ‗novellas‘ to the drumming world, we know where the middle of the drum is right, so we know where we can hit it. (Az and audience having a good laugh) Which we‘re not silly right? So that‘s why we‘ve elected ourself to base because if we just flap our hands up and down like that, we know we‘re going to hit something close to the middle. (audience laughing) So that will be fine. That‘s our excuse. So the basey people will be in the southerly point, and that will just give you a kind of a Grid reference to get the other two drumming groups set where they need to be. Now, the whole idea of trying to nominate who‘s going to stand where in this situation always fills me with horror anyway for two reasons. 1) My math isn‘t that great, and 2) It involves me being bossy. I know some of you think I‘m inclined to be bossy but I actually hate it. I really (chuckling) don‘t like doing it. So. Recent times, we‘ve kind of put this down on a trust ticket, and we‘ve said ‗Okay guys, now if you just concentrate for a couple of seconds each I know you can do it. I know you can see there are more people over there than there are over here, and you can re-distribute your energies, your beautiful energies. You can move it around until you create balance on the sand. On the 99.9% pure Quartz Crystal thing called sand at Siesta Key‘ alright? So then, can I just ask you to let the drums group people get in position as roughly as they can, and then if you go and distribute yourselves in the other three locations between them. Right , the stomping groups? And then of course when you‘ve put yourselves roughly set, there‘s a bit of shuffling around just to give people elbow room and this and that and the other. And drummers don‘t go getting carried away twirling, because we‘ll in a closely closed set that you can hurt people, and if you take your drum and bang them on a knee it‘s really, really going to hurt. So I think I would suggest that, that more elaborate form of drum playing---for those that are really, really good---don’t do twirls while you‘re drumming and things like that, because you can really wallop somebody and cause some harm so, I‘d recommend that we didn‘t do that today. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 27 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So Madam, are we going to rehearse the standing and the stomping and the drumming now? Is that what the Beloveds would like us to do? Ok. What? (A&A discussing) I don‘t know whether that space will even allow us to get everyone standing up in the right way. Ash: Yeah, I think we could. Ash to the group: Once we get there too, I think they‘re gonna… if we can play that song that Suchi Waters Benjamin wrote, the Freedom song. We‘re gonna do that one, and like sing it too if we can. Like we don‘t just have to drum, so I think they want us to start with that. Yeah, they want us to start with the Freedom song and then we would go into the Number Codes, and we‘ll do the Number Codes for the 12 rounds of them, and after that, then they want us to keep going and just…that‘s when you‘ll do your free-form stuff where you just let whatever comes out, come out and…or follow someone else if you want to, if somebody‘s like the really good drummers are doing their thing and you like that rhythm you can follow theirs. We‘ll go free-form in other words, after we do the Coding ones. So we‘ll do the Freedom song, then go into the Number Codes and then go into the free-form. And keep it moving for a while is what they‘re saying. And they said when we go into the free-form we can also go into the Soul song toning stuff if you want to, that kind of thing, where you just let the tones come out, whatever tones you want to. But not during the Number Code part. So that is what they‘re telling me as we go along. A&A in discussion. Az: (Delegate asks Az a question) Pardon me. (in response to participant) I said this earlier, that if people want to clap instead of stomp they can do that, in rhythm can‘t they? No, slapping the drum is what I was talking about. Clap it right? Diana reminded me. We were talking about just incorporating clapping and drumming which is something that you can do---or people use bells and all sorts of things---but Diana just asked the question, and she was clarifying my tongue and cheek comment about slapping a drum, when Ash had introduced clappers, as well as slappers. So the people who are stomping can clap in rhythm. So if you can count your claps and you can associate with any of the three drumming groups, but don‟t mix them up. If you‘re gonna clap then go with the drum, or go with the toning people, or go with…a slap is an actual hand technique on it‘s own, literally? Az: Hello. Yes.? Room key? Ash: I want to go change, it‘s freezing. Az: Only one of them works. I think it‘s the red one that works, but try them both. Ash: I‘ll be right back. Az: Yes, so to…what? What? (Az whispering) (laughter) What Susan? Everybody can hear. (Az joking). What, what? Tourist people just doing nothing. (Discussion between Az and delegate) No, they‘re holding onto their arms and walking around and smacking their drum, and... (laughter) Some people come here for the levity as well as the seriousness.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 28 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Okay so look, we got a bit way-laid there, but it‘s always good to be way-laid by such a delightful lady. So, just to clarify that last point which was the result from a very good question that had to do with clapping. What we‘re saying is, today for the people that are stamping---we‘re not asking the drummers to clap in between, that‘s not what they‘re being asked to do---the people that are going to be stomping, dancing, whatever. If they‘re inclined. You don‘t have to. If you feel like clapping, do. But, if you do decide to clap, identify with the rhythm of one of the 3 drumming groups and clap in a way that compliments exactly what the drummers are doing, and don’t get drawn across in another drumming group ok. If you‘re going to make a switch like that, then just stop completely for a while, focus on the rhythm that the other group you‘re going to switch to is using, and then get your hand action working so that you‘re consistent with everything else that‘s supposed to be going on. It appears that we‘re going to be tested next, even though I was willing to take you to the beach and trust you on the beach. (laughter from the audience) So, the first thing we‘re going to do is to get the…hello, don‘t complicate my life any further. Only…do you know that is the most disarming, non- meaningful statement I‘ve ever heard. (audience & Az having a laugh) You just have one small question, yes I know. (talking to participant) We all line up pardon? (audience member talking to Az) I think at that point we‘re about to do a runner for the buses anyway. (audience laughter) And anyhow I think even the local police would be a bit overwhelmed by this line, this line (Az laughing) that reaches all the way back to Pine Island Sound you know? (laughter) If anybody get there before I do, you‘re welcome to make yourself a cup of tea. (laughter) So then, the first thing we said we‘re going to do is, we‘ll just…isn‘t…I don‘t know whether it is South or not but, we‘ll call this end of the room South. So we‗ll put the base group in there first. In the far corner over there we‘re putting the---in drumming speak---the slap group, and then on the right hand side closest to the chairs will be the people who are going to do the tones on the drums. Pardon? Tone?. The tone is the hand position on the drum. There is a group that will identify with this particular way of resonating with the drum which is when this part of the hand is flat towards the rim of the drum. Whereas base you have your hand in the middle, and the slap action is when you have your hand arched, and you‘re hitting the drum with this and this, and it‘s quite difficult to do it fast and consistently which is certainly why I am not going to be a slapper today. And then we will do the distribution of the people who are gonna stomp and clap. Okay? And then we‘can actually use the drums, and we‘re gonna stomp and we‘re gonna clap. And we‘re going to actually try and establish some sense of a rhythm within the whole group, so that we don‘t go fudge and mess around on the beach and make a hash of what is probably the most important thing we‘ve been told we‘re doing ever since we began working together, all of us. So if the drum groups can get themselves together first, it will give a target for the people who are going to stomp.

[Track 7A –needs to be fact checked and proofed] [00:00] (mp3 Audio; A‘san) …That, a long time ago---I think it happened at the time of 12-Tribes, when I said to one or two people I‘ve just run out of adjectives. I just can‘t find words anymore to describe the significance of what we‘re doing. This is back in Tribes days. And, we‘ve stepped up a few times since that point. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 29 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Well, I can tell you that quality will be the savior of our time together this weekend. Um, we‘ve made leaps before, notionally. Whether we‘ve all noticed just what we‘ve leapt into, I‘m not sure. But, it strikes me from what I know and what you‘ll hear about shortly that we‘re going to do more than just experience a leap, but, in fact, we are looking at a shift, and- I think it‘s true to say- a Density Shift and a Probability Shift and a number of other things. So, the activation that will be the climax of our personal work, as distinct from our Planetary work, is going to be the most significant, the most promising, the most powerful and dramatic that we have ever done. So, I can tell you now that I think that no one will be too disappointed about a relative shortage of teaching hours. Now, time being of the moment, it occurred to me that I could encourage Ash to freshen up in her own time and that I could do a little thing that I knew was gonna happen in the earlier hours of the morning. We could do it now, do some simple math and do a little practice. And, that means that we would save the best part of 35 or 45 minutes we can use in a better way later on, ok? So, that‘s why I‘m here beginning the proceedings. In your handouts---And, I can‘t remember right now; I don‘t think either of us could remember right now, in our mylar sequence we have a page 28. I think your pages in the hard copy could be number 12 or 17. 12? Good…. Well, that surprised me. Now, then, you may recall there was mention of this yesterday: which was that our ability- under the right circumstances- to back-run our personal codes. And, what you need to do in order to accomplish this is to reach the space where you identify your own Date Code, which is what you would use after you‘d performed the Edonic Code, ok, either tapping on a table, tapping on a drum, whatever form of tapping is to your liking. So, what we need to do first- everyone- is---If you want to use scrap, of if you want to use mental arithmetic, all we‘re talking about is adding 8 to a number and going on adding 8 to a number, until we come to another number which indicates the end of the process. You don‘t have to do it, but, up here, at the top of the column, is your place to write your birth date. And, the most important part, really, is the year of your birth; because, from the year of your birth, you‘re going to add 8 to the year of your birth. So, in my case, that would be 1945. Adding 8 would bring me to 1953. So, then, what you next need to do is write it 1953, all right? Now, in terms of making the annotation, you‘re going to---You see the two lines at the bottom of the page? You‘re actually going to work from the bottom right hand of the page. So, there, you will have the equivalent of 1-9-4-5. Remember that these numbers are broken out into what are rhythms, right: 1-9-4-5. And, you‘re going to use these. So, I‘d suggest that, when you‘re beginning with whatever your birth date is, it has to be the bottom right because when we perform this, you begin from the furthest date away from now: 121 years ahead from your birth date. So, you work from that far-away date. You go all the way through the sequence, all the way across the chart, down to the second line, and you finish with your date of birth. Is that clear? It‘s not? Ok, where am I? All right, I‘m trying to explain to you what you finish up with, ok? And, I tried to do it in a way that didn‘t confuse you. I could say to you: Do this. Whatever your date of birth is, add 8, until you reach a point; which is 121 years forward from your birth date, ok? You take your birth date, and you keep adding 8 until the increasing number -adding 8 all the time- brings you to the point where your age would be 121 years of age, ok? Is that better? Now, what I was trying to point out, though, is that, when you enter it on to your paper copy, the code that you would use to correspond to your 121 would be the first code that you used to follow this sequence, all right? So, if you entered all of the particular numbers that correspond to your birth date, adding increments of 8 all the way along, you go all the way along this line, and you come on to the second line. And, when you‘ve finished, you‘d be writing the date of your birth. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 30 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

And, that‘s what I was trying to help you understand. Because you would---If I didn‘t point that out, you‘d write it down on your piece of paper, and you wouldn‘t be reading from left to right in the normal way, yeah? All right, so, you can do this any way you‘d like. But, when you enter, when you want to work with the scrap first, that might be helpful. But, all I want you to do is not make the mistake of thinking that you would take---If your birth date was 1945, you would write it 1-9-4-5, ok? And, then, you‘d put a slash to separate it out from the next year, where you‘ve added the 8 to bring it to 1953, which would be 1-9-5-3, yeah? (Audience question off mic) Exactly. Well, now….(Audience question) Yes, you do. The reason why you do is because the way the technique has to be used when you‘re back-running, right, is: You have to---The way this works, to back run, right, is that you finish with the Code corresponding to the year that is 121 years away from the date that you were born. So, if you‘re writing out in a sequence the way you‘re going to read this and you‘re going to tap out rhythms on your thighs, you‘re going to read from left to right in the normal way, aren‘t you, because we‘re not comfortable reading the Arabic way from right to left, which is why I was pointing out now, so that people didn‘t start entering numbers in here, only to find that it was in the reverse order, and they were having to start reading from the far end of this bottom line, all the way along this way, then back to the end of there and all the way up to here to finish; because it would cause people confusion when they‘re actually doing the technique itself, all right? Now, aside from doing the math, I‘m not sure. Are there any other questions? I‘m quite happy to iron stuff out until we get to where we need to be. (Audience question) Yes? No, you wouldn‘t. No, no; we raised that point when we were first getting this. And, we discussed it, and the Beloveds that we weren‘t actually going to reverse the figures in the way---It‘s a good question. We spotted it, and we‘ve ironed that out, and, no, we don‘t have to do that. Is there another question? (Audience question) Well, I mean, as a check, yes, you can. I didn‘t do it that way. But, as a check, it would make sense to do it. ( mEL outlining her mathematical check of birth date plus 121 years) Yeah, the safest way to do it is to simply take your birth date and keep adding 8‘s, just this simple. And, if you can do it on some scrap on the side, then you can identify the numbers you need. (More audience questions) No, you don‘t. Sorry? No, you don‘t. Sorry, I‘m not going to talk about it; it will confuse matters. All I want you to do is to get the numbers you are going to need. And, we‘re going to do a little run-through; by which time, Ash should be here, all right?

[10:20]

(Audience question) Ha ha, well, mine went to two pages as well. Well, it‘s a pause. And you- in terms of a conventionyou can choose. In my case, I wrote ‖P‖ for zero, but you can use ―0‖ if you want to. Zero means pause. So, you can all just use a ―P‖ or ―0‖, whichever you wish. (Audience question) Yup, it is, literally, that is as simple as adding 8 to your birth date and keeping adding 8 until you get to the number. And, that number will be the year- date that is significant periods- leap periods- for you, all right? You share something in common with the people who were born at the same time. (Audience question) Yes? I did it just as I‘ve explained to you. (Audience commentary) I have nothing to write with or show you, but, I mean, I just did what the instructions say, which is to take the birth date, add 8 and keeping on adding 8 until I got 121 years forward from my birthday.

[13:32] (Audience question) Yes? No, you just use the pause. And, if you want to write zero, write zero; if you want to write ―P‖ for pause, then, either/ or. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 31 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

[16:00] (Audience question) You start at the most advanced date. So, you‘d write 2-―P‖ or ―0‖-7-3, yes (Participant: And, it‘s all of them all the way back?) Exactly. And, you write---There‘s a strange anomaly in the numbers. I mean, I know that the 121 is correct, but I also know that if you look at the, if you add the 121 to your birthday, it doesn‘t fit (Participant: That‘s because the birthday is the first day of the 121) Correct; that‘s what the ‖plus 1‖ business is about. But, sometimes___ I skipped over it myself yesterday.

[32:40] While we‘re waiting just to get to the point of practicing, people have asked a very sensible question. And, for the time being, all I will do is to answer as if I was doing this myself. I‘m much more relaxed about playing with some of these things in the context of people needing to feel absolutely certain they understand, which is absolutely correct. And, so do I. One of the questions is about adding a ―1‖ at the beginning, which is what I interpreted the transmission to mean and discovered during the afternoon that I‘d misinterpreted that: I‘d added a ―1‖ when I shouldn‘t and the ―1‖ comes in and makes the numbers work toward, at the end, so… Anyway, a question about pauses: If I were doing this, I would treat a pause as I would the shadow stroke when you are drumming. So, essentially, a pause is- I‘m sorry- a shadow is where you bring the hand down toward the skin of the drum, but you don‘t make contact. And, it actually counts as 1, but you---So, what I‘m saying is: If I were to do this without any other input from anywhere, I would treat a pause or a ―0‖ as a silent ―1‖, in terms of the timing. It is a beat. I mean, it has a vibrational quality; it just doesn‘t have a sound component because you don‘t make contact with anything. As far as the space between numbers is concerned, I don‘t think it‘s critical. But, again, I stand corrected. I‘m not embarrassed about such. I‘m, after all, still human, unfortunately (laughter). You know, one of the biggest obstacles people face in life is about being right and wrong. I mean, what the hell, you know? You do your best, and it has to do. So, really, I would work with a fractional pause, I mean almost a blink of an eye, before I went from one yearcombination, the 4 numbers that comprise the- whatever those are- whether the involve the Eras or not. I wouldn‘t just- a real momentary pause before going on to the next set of 4. That‘s how I will do it. And, if we hear differently, it‘s because the Beloveds are already hearing us talking about it, and they will give comment to Ash on the way down stairs and- no doubt- in the elevator. It happens. Believe it or not, it happens. So, I think, probably---I mean, these are all good questions, and I respect you very much for really wanting to feel these setting out in the right way. But, I do feel, though, that, as is usual when you get comfortable with a technique, then it really is important to allow your own sense of self, your own expression, to begin to blend your own energetic self of who you are and move with ease some of these things because that‘s how you get to explore some of these techniques anyway. Once you‘ve got the foundations in, then you can go and have fun with it, and you can vary it as you‘re moved to do. If you have moved to put particular emphasis, if you want to really wollop the table over a given year when you got divorced or you lost your job or you went bankrupt or whatever. I‘ve got about five of those, where I really want to hit the table real hard, you know. Why not? I mean, what are you doing? I mean, you‘re adding energetic emphasis to those situations, as long as you‘re not loading that with spite or deep, lingering disappointment or resentment or anything; that you‘re actually maintaining your positive and humorous relationship to something that you prefer not to think about. Well, why not? I mean, if you have moved, therefore, to work with a given year in a conscious way, from a certain perspective, I would not discourage any of you, you know, I really wouldn‘t. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 32 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So, that‘s enough from me for now. Are you ready to run through or not? People need more time? Is everyone truly ready, though? (Audience question) Well, that‘s ok, we‘re not going to get going ‗til we‘re all up together. You know, for the sake of a few more minutes, no problem.

[39:20] (Mac speaking) Ok, guys we had made about 15 extra than there were people here of all the chart packs. And, we‘re about 15 short. So, that means they‘re laying on chairs or something like that. Please check your packs; you should have one 4-pack and one 12-pack. And, if there‘s any extra, please raise your hand, and I‘ll come get them. Look at all of them; there they are! (A‘san: Take their names, Mary Ann. Take their names, and their telephone numbers. I‘ll be on them on Monday) (A‘san) Ok, when we complete this, the current episode of the AP soap opera, can we do a little run through? Are we ready to go, good to go? There is a question that people haven‘t raised, and I don‘t know whether that‘s because the answer‘s obvious or because people have been too busy with their involvement in getting this right. But, the obvious question is about the BPR. And, the answer to the question is really quite simple, and I can illustrate it very well, I think. Speaking as a novice drummer, it‘s entirely apparent that a person that is experienced and actually coordinating what essentially creates the sound is able to sustain rapid physical coordination for longer periods of time more consistently, all right? And, in this particular case, would you not agree that it‘s more important to get the numeric tonal values right? So, if, to hit twelve means that you have to go at this speed, rather than that kind of speed, what‘s more important? It‘s hitting 12, ok? ___ of their individual comfort level. Now, given that the recommendation, I believe, is that we should be doing this twice a month or something of that kind, you will find that you become more comfortable in the way that you use your hands and arms to create this rhythmic beat that your numbers represent. And, over a short period of time- and you‘d be surprised how quickly it can change- is that you‘ll be able to shift the BPR and not screw up the numeric value of the codes, all right, that you are basically using for the purpose of this exercise. So, this is a---It‘s more important to utilize the numerics, the code values in what you might call an accurate way, rather than it is to think: Oh, my God, I‘ve got to do a BPR that‘s like the speed of light. And, there‘s just no way you can conceivably have a relationship between the number value and the quality of what you are doing. So, if you‘re in doubt about that, then I‘d suggest that you go a little slower rather that try and go fast because you‘re bound to, you know, not get it as right as you‘d like. (To Ash: We haven‘t done the practice run yet) (Ash) Hi!) (Applause) I just want to say one thing: Thank you for your patience, oy! But, you know what, especially for new people, if you‘ve never been to a workshop before, it‘s kind of become a pattern that when it, when the time gets backed up this badly, you know it‘s a big one. And, you know there‘s an important thing coming through, and I‘m really excited. So, I‘ll just say that much, and then we can get back to the practice run. (A‘san) That wasn‘t rehearsed. (Ash: No, nothing is ever rehaearsed0 Are we ready to go, then? Because I checked, and Ash would rather we did a run-through now. The Edonic Codes we use the codes or, that start with 5 and finish with 10, the three nines, the numbers: 5-11-12-4; 4-4-3-2: 11-5-6-10. That is one round, and we do that once, ok? We‘re doing it once. And (Series of audience questions). We‘re just going to do it once, ok? It doesn‘t matter what‘s up there. We‘re just- hey- listen, listen. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, we‘re just going to do The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 33 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

that once, and then, we‘re going to do the new Date Codes that we‘ve created for ourselves three times through. That‘s what we‘re going to do now, ok? (A‘sha) But, the once means you go the sequence, then for six times, then the sequence six times; then, the sequence six times, the little sequence. Yeah, right, like it says on the chart. (A‘san) What? I thought we discussed that. We have to use that one time, once through, ann, then, these three through. I wasn‘t talking to ___ , I was talking to you. (Ash) I know, but I need to look at the chart to see, because I think it‘s: six times, this one; six times that one. (A‘san) I know it said that. That‘s why I was talking the way I was because we discussed it, and we said we were going to do that once and, to practice, just to do it like that. (A‘sha) So, you going to do the, you‘re just going to do the… (A‘san) Yeah. (A‘sha) You‘re going to do it for six times, each one of these? (A‘san) What? Each one of what? (A‘sha) This sequence: This, times six, this, times six, and this times six. (A‘san No, because I thought we would say that we‘d just do a quick run-through. (A‘sha) Ok, the reason we‘re not doing each set going across the little ones, like 5-11-12-4, for the practice run is because it will just take too long. When we do the actual activation, which is before we do the other big ones that---The two activations, that they put them together, the two Aurora Techniques they put together. So, right before we do that, we‘re going to be asked to put these in. And, there‘s something else we‘re going to be asked to do. So, this is just the practice run. So, that‘s why, on your paper, it would say, like, the 5-11-12-4 times six. We‘ll just do it one time through this time, just to save time. So, it‘s only a practice run. (A‘san) I came down here saying, look, this is a way of saving time, right, because we don‘t--- Time is something we don‘t have a lot of. And, we‘re spending time talking about not having time. I don‘t believe it. So, so, in fact, to be clear, we‘re going to use every number that each of us has once. Now, because I‘m sulking about this, and then we‘ll do it properly later, but really, really properly, and we will do the round multiples in the way that we‘re supposed to do if we‘re doing this technique later today or at home. So, are you ready? Thigh-slapping-ly good? Don‘t hurt yourselves, though. Pardon, darling? Well, why don‘t you give me a hand, then? What is it____ you get tied up in all this, anyway. So, on three then, we‘ll just go to it and, even those of you, the experienced drummers over here______ (Audience indicating they can‘t hear). I was just saying let‘s just work at a moderate pace. There are some people in the room that can do it real fast, but let‘s just do it at a moderate pace. Not real slow, but not try to go licketey split, everyone, ok, on three, then, straight in with 5-11-12-4. Sorry: One, two, three: (Participants commence)

[47:31] [50:50] Ok, Ash‘s time now, just before I go down and do the flipping mylars, or flipping the mylars. First of all, thank you for your humor; I appreciate it, especially when we‘re tired out. What I told you about the zero- or, the ―P‖, the pause, as a silent one, has been confirmed. And, the blink-of-an-eye interval between each of the sets of four digits is also confirmed, right?

[51:28] [Track 7B –Needs to be fact-checked and proofed] The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 34 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Ash: Finally hello….he he he right (audience applause) The beloveds decided that last night they would put the technique from last night in, in front of the one, they‘re gonna do them all in a big string, and then we have like a really condensed program. They put all the pieces of what were going to be the graph sequences for different periods all into one flow, and I‘ve got actually thirty graphs to go through tonight, which I had none when I came in….so yeah its been a really long period, and I was also ill last night, so thank you again for your patience with the crazy timing that sometimes happens at the workshops. I‘m really excited about the things I have learned since I have last been with you, as far as the things….some of its come out in the sheets that you‘ve got, I think that you have…..by the time you get all of your pages, you will have about a twenty page chart pack there I believe, and the last 5 pages which I don‘t know if you have yet are a technique and it‘s a very, very condensed and important technique that uses a piece of the technique from FOL and takes it even further into some exciting things that have to so with the Sta Lei yas and those kind of things and the IAMIT formula for amplifying materialisation potentials. But even more important than that….some of the things they have been showing me since I finally got my, my face out of the chart pack because putting all these graphs just takes ages and some of them as you‘ll see as we go through the mylar sequence are quite intricate and you have to pay real close attention to rotations and things like that as far where your putting things, or you get the numbers wrong and that kind of stuff. So we went through all of those, but its really… I didn‘t feel too bad, I was tired when I came into this workshop because they started actually Wednesday with giving me pieces of graphs that had to be done at home on the photocopier with reducing and enlarging and all that but I came in a bit tired, but then I really got hit yesterday with just…exhaustion plus I was getting palpitations and I was getting, you know, heat, hot cold flashes, headache nausea, the whole thing, like my body was falling apart all of a sudden, and it dawned on me the only time I‘d ever had and experience in workshop like that before was in Andorra in 2003. And that was when we were having the great showdown and we were activating the Mahadra Adhrana in order to override the Metatronic seed atom activation that the UIR were planning to do, you know at that period and that time I had been really really sick since the, since what happened during 2003 in May when we were in Paxos where we had a great stand and everything was working well except…that‘s when the halls of Amenti fell and parallel Earth fell into phantom, not phantom but uh Wesedrak alignment I think and, we had had a boating accident in that period and almost drowned, Az and myself and my two daughters and a couple of friends that were out on a boat with us and…we managed to survive that but it was really strange because I remember getting flashes for like six months of the probability in which we did drown actually and I was really really sick for six months with…it felt like when I went into the water I‘d inhaled something that burned and I hadn‘t inhaled water, I hadn‘t gone under water, my head hadn‘t gone under water I was holding onto the upside down boat…right? So I was still above water with my head but if felt like I‘d inhaled a virus or something that, you know was trying to kill me and it progressively got worse for the six months until the, the….yeah six months….may june july august, 4 months sorry, until the hethalon event in Andorra, and it was so had that I‘d actually pulled a muscle or torn a muscle as the doctor said it was torn, from coughing, it was, it had been so bad. And I actually did the Andorra workshop wrapped where I had like, you know, like the doctor wrapped my ribs and that kind of thing, just to stop…you know hold the pain enough so I could still get up and walk around. And I never had an experience that bad and I started to get better after that period. But it started to feel not like the same symptoms, but like the same, you know, bodies falling apart here, is it going to need like medical assistance to prop it up so I can finish this workshop or not. Now that has cleared finally, but, there is one thing until I got through with this program and I saw what they were trying to show me what the big surprise was, um, that I wouldn‘t have understood the connection, but during this period that started in May on 2003, there was something called a ReushaTA, um master leap, it was a large time leap, alright, that had to do with shifting through probabilities and in that period we had jumped from probability 1 into probability 3, which The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 35 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

is a different rotation. When we see the structure of the probabilities in relation to the Elum Eiradona spirit body, Elum Eiradona spirit body, we‘ll be able to understand this a bit better, but I started to understand the correlation for me as to the last time this happened was when a time shift was happening, a big one, and that‘s exactly what is happening, and this one is a bigger one yet, this is a seven year shift. And its more than just a leap, a leap is when you‘re in the same round, whats called a round of probabilities and when you have a leap shift you‘re not just shifting through in, through, the probabilities in that round you‘re actually shifting to another new round and we are actually going to go through one of those during this period before we go home. And this is really really big. So when we get through to a certain point in the graph series, you‘ll be able to understand a little bit more about why this is so important, and what is really neat about it is we‘re finally coming full circle. The, in the information that you were given I had finally got finished with analysing the summary of what the work progression has been so we could see what the Templar was doing and what has happened to get us to this point. In that summary we finally go to the point where we can see what we are doing with this evening with relation to a time shift because we started with this whole program of the Stellar Activation Cycle in probability one and we are going to by…well its going to anchor tonight and it takes three days to unfold in the grids, but we are going to be in probability six which is what we have been aiming for all along. Yeah. And what this time leap is going to feel like, I don‘t know, but I tend to get, just, the energy just kind of like, rattles and shakes me or something to the point where I like, ok…..so its kind of like, Hang onto your Jha Dha bodies! Alright, because here it comes! So I‘ll start with going through the sequence so I can get to the point where I can elaborate more on the specific graphs that are up. But it is very time and one other thing that is exciting is we get to meet another group of the Guardians, of the Krist Guardians, and these guys are called the Ah JhU Na. And the Ah JhU Na races are from the actuality domains that are in the centre, alright, the Buddah domains, or the Bud domains in the centre, so in the Edon, in the seed of Edon that we‘ve talked about before. In the graphs we‘ll see a bit more about where that is. I did point it our briefly on the graphs, but these are very very special… I don‘t like the word master, neither do they…Adept! Adashi Adepts that work with….They are the elemental command councils of the Edonic levels in the core and they are going to work with us from this point forth. We began to see what it looks like to open, to begin opening the Aurora continuum, that we‘ve talked about when we had the third orb fest at the drum circle. So tonight or this morning after we get done with the techniques at the end if you have your cameras with you it might be worth just seeing, or even taking a few…Like two minute photo shoot, just in the air before and see if anything happens after. Because we can start seeing things like, having photos of the coming in. We‘ll also understand a little bit more about what these orbs are, I‘ve gone over that a bit at St Kitts and also at FOL, but we‘ll look at it a little bit more and understand it a little bit more in relation to the Aurora continuum and in relation to our own, what are called Jha Dha Bodies which happen to be a product of combining what is called our vibratory body and our oscillatory body which are two different parts of the structures of the Hydro acoustic body of the Elum Eiradona. So, there‘s a lot that we‘re going to, in a condensed form learn from here, but I feel this wave of excitement coming through, its really neat, because before I was like….Spitting tacks actually before…..Can I ever, ever do a workshop on time? I can‘t stand this beloveds, I hat this. Right? That kind of thing. Its like you get diagrams condensing in the brain and that kind of stuff, it‘s a really intense experience sometimes to try and put this information together, while live in the shield. But as soon as we got the pagination done and Az ran the rest of it off to get photo copies and all of that it just went whooaa and then this wave went whack! Right through….A good one, a good wave, it just went yeoooow and I was like wired and I am wired righ t, I feel better now than I have in months! (Applause)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 36 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Yep the final five pages which are the pages for the technique are done now and they‘re going to hand them out now and that will be done toward the end, it‘s the first part of the technique that will be done at the end. The second technique will be run live as I knew that was going to be. If you were at FOL you will have the first two pages of this but they go with the rest of it, so we just did it all in case you weren‘t at FOL, so you didn‘t have the other part, so we gave you those parts too. Alright so that‘s coming as well. Now I think its time to take the jacket off, here we go heats! Excuse me.,…So what ever it is they zapped me with that has me bouncing around and slightly manic, I hope you get a dose of that too because it feels really good! Ok We‘ll start of very simply with….Remember the Allurea RashTan, our beloved, which is the elemental key code, OK? Just remember that for a minute, then We‘ll go quickly to the next one, because some of them I‘m going to flip through fast just to set orientation. Now before it became colored by Sue, Sue did a lovely job coloring it, this is the color code chart we gave her plus the centre was actually enlarged so she could see all of the colors too. And its actually very specific coloring that goes with each of the dimensional frequency bands and it is literally the elemental key code that corresponds to what is called the mix master which are the Allurean chamber sets on a set of one, two, three dimensions and fourth level which is the Jha Da body, on the forth layer. So any I just want to touch base with those again to remind you of the fact that these are the structures of energy that literally create the quarks that come together to form atoms. And our own bodies are supposed to…Our own fields are supposed to be able to create our own living atoms and the planet is also supposed to be able to do that. Right now we‘re living in a mutated matter base because of the planetary mutation which is there because the sun has the same problem and so does this galaxy, because the Milky Way galaxy is a fragment galaxy that used to be part of M31 galaxy Andromeda and it actually fell out of that system and is now being dragged into the black hole at its centre. So, anyway we‘ll get to that later. So that‘s to remind you of the Allur-E‘ah Ra-sha-tan and what is stands for in terms in each one of these lines are an allurean chamber line. Allurean chambers are the chambers that different types of energy, mana and prana, EirA and eira and all sorts of different energies that are part of the Spirit body and light body complex, come together and make sparks, quantum sparks, they generate quantum and through that process of formation of atoms through forming ShalAE-ah light units is created. So I just wanted to touch base with the fact its not just pretty codes and stuff, you know this is literally a diagram that….Through this, if you had your colours memorized and all that, you could know what was hydrogen, what was oxygen and what was, the whole periodic table! This is a representation of the atomic periodic table, the 144 elements. So, just wanted to remind you of that too, we‘ve covered that in other workshops before, next one please This is the mixmaster I was talking about and what this is simply showing is the same structure but without the flowsthose pretty petal shapes are actually the core flows, the NaHAva flows and the Astura flows that are part of the Spirit body anatomy. What we have here, the A lines are the Allurean lines, they would be the Allurean chambers where those flows are on- where the petals would form. And in between them are what are called Fire Chambers. The fire chambers correspond to the light body of the mana bodies and the Allurean chambers correspond to the Spirit body structures and they are interwoven structures but they both have different types of energy and different structures and functions inherent to them. So this is the mix master you have the Rasha core level, the D1, D2, D3 and then the Jha Dha layer out here that actually connects into the next set- D4, D5 and D6 and each layer of three would have the Jha Dha level around them. In the sliders workshops we‘ve talked about the Tee wah layer which would be the D3 Atmic layer, we‘ve talked about the GrU-al layer which is the D2 layer, so when we talk about reclaiming the holy grail on the planet or the GrUal its actually activations taking place in the Telluric realm, that is the one we see as solid or physical here. And then there‘s the D1 Jahn-Das layer and then there‘s the Rasha layer in there. And each one of the Allurean chambers corresponds to one of the twelve primary elements, and they are the twelve primary elements by their proton number on The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 37 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

the elemental chart or periodic table that we have here. There‘s another diagram that I wont go into here but it shows how they go from the base 12 that would run this way, and each line would go out and all the way up and have its own families that come out of that base family. So this whole chart that is the core of what the Allurea symbol is about. It‘s literally the periodic table of atoms and how they are created through the structures of the Elum Eiradonna Spirit body and the light body structures. Next one please. That is just showing part of the Elum Eiradonna spirit body that are called the flows. If you notice there are Kathara grids, there are twelve interwoven Kathara grids that all link at the centre and that is the basis for the structure of the Elum Eiradonna spirit body and these flows, these 8 shaped flows are the NaHAVo core flows and they run the core frequencies from the structures we‘ve identified in other workshops as the Eye of God structures and all of the things that are the core generation structures inside of the Elum Eiradonna Spirit body. And there are these which are the Astura flows, and what these actually are…You know the Astura symbol that‘s this one…I don‘t know if you can see it on my arm but it‘s the A, the Azurite A right? If you put two of them together, one going one way, one going the other that‘s the shape you get, they are actually half of the flow, that‘s what the Astura symbol represents. So I just wanted to remind you of the structures of the flows that are associated with the Elum Eiradonna spirit body. Ok next on please. That is showing more of it where we have… the Elum Eiradonna is the large part and the Luma Eterna is another smaller replica of it in here. What gets interesting, is these structures and these core flows, they a ll have to do with what form as the cells of the Elum Eiradonna Spirit body which has to do with what are called probability dominions. We‘ve talked about domains before where we have an outer, a middle, inner and a core domain, but these are dominions which are a different categorization of places reality fields happen. So it‘s the dominions we‘re going to be looking at and there are two types. There are probability dominions which would correspond to the outer cells of the Elum Eiradonna Spirit body and then there are what are called actualities, instead of probabilities you have actualities which are the ones that have to do with the spheres of energy of the cells that form in the core structures. Next one please. If we just quickly analyse again the structures of the Elum Eiradonna Spirit body. This would be just one set of those cells. Remember there are twelve of these lines or if you call it a full line its called a vector line, there are six of those that form the twelve points of the Allurean chambers. Right? So you have like, this would count as one, that would count as one. You would have 6 vector lines to form 12 event horizons. This is one event horizon and that‘s another event horizon. We went through the workshops where we explained how all of those things form literally from the first creation phases to form what is called the Hara Risha Eiradonna vector body. And it is within this body structure, this energy structure, these large energy structures that matter occurs, manifestation occurs and matter materialises to form reality fields that you can walk around in space time. Now this is called the Hara Krysta body and it base energy type is called ManU which is a positive, negative and zero charge, it‘s a triple electrical charge thing where it can go positive, nega tive or neutral and then we have over here what is called the KalE Hara body and that is associated with what is referred to as the EtorA systems. The KaLAe Hara bodies and their twin on the other same but the same vector line, the other event horizon we have the Mahara Reisha bodies the AdorA side. Now these would be considered spirit and these would be considered manifest. And so we have manifest….There are certain things that occur at the core and then, an expansion occurs. At the same time, manifest energy called ManA comes out here and its manifesting here too but to the ManA system its considered spirit energy its called EirA energy that‘s starts forming these while at the same time these form. This is how the structures are created. All the twelve horizon or six vector lines occur at the same time in kind of like a big bang thing where they all come into being simultaneously. Inside of these, this is where we learned about the Eyugha cycles, where we have the RaLAe Eyugha, the Alae Eyugha, the ShaLae Eyugha and the KaLAe Eyugha. Even in Hindu teachings the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 38 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

KaLAe Eyugha was spoken about and this is what they were referring to. KaLAe Eyugha is the end cycle because at the end of the KaLAe Eyugha there is something called a natural Starfire ascension cycle that would occur, even in systems where things were evolving naturally. Right now we‘ve been triggered into the starfire ascension process because of the fact that this system was going to go black hole fall if Starfire hadn‘t triggered. The Starfire response is a natural, kind of an immune system that occurs within the eternal life body of the cosmos, that when a system gets to that level there will be a starfire triggered, so anything that is viable still to hold the frequencies of the Kryst, the eternal life frequencies will be able to be pulled out of systems that are going to become closed systems. The big difference between an open system and a closed system is an open system is part of the eternal life Krystic systems where you have flows of energy between source, first source creation and the rest of creation, where the life field is not finite, it is living, it is not mortal, it is beyond immortal it is eternal! Then you have closed systems that are still within that whole structure of the cosmic Elum Eiradonna Spirit body, but they don‘t have the flows. The fall into a certain angular rotation of particle spin and base pulse rhythm where they no longer have the energy flows coming in from source, their core flows are cut off and progressively those systems die, until the point where their seed atoms burn out, their Merkaba collapses and they go into what is called a space dust return. When we talk about black hole systems we are talking about systems that are in the process of closing and becoming closed and our system as far as the Milky Way galaxy is concerned is going now into a closed system status in the next 222 years. This is the last ascension cycle, it is called the Load Out. So what we mean by load out is….basically we are out here in this KaLaE Eyugha out in the outer domain. We came these, if we incarnated….we have very long incarnational histories, we have selves that come into all of these domains, and we are in the outer domain. In the outer domain, that‘s where the natural ascension would happen or one gets triggered because of the fall and the fall simply means those light structures and spirit body structures are going to separate from each other and part of the Spirit body structure will always be eternal and go back to source, but the light body structure will go back to space dust, partiki units before it can go back into the flows. So we talk about black hole systems, they will go into space dust return. But everything returns, you can‘t get away from that, so its kind of like worth co-operating with the way the cosmos works in the first place. There‘s a lot of individual race lines in the world and in the universe who have taken the path of opposite expression, opposite expression to divine will expression which is embodied within the Kryst code, the eternal life code, which is a code of love, it is a code of co-operation, not competition. And those who decide to go into opposite expression, they will eventually, if they do not change their path find themselves in a closed system, in a system where…They will live and can stay there for quite a long time, many millions of years sometimes in a closed system, but eventually that system will go into black hole fall and implosion and space dust. This is why the ones who get themselves caught in closed systems will often try to find ways, using black hole technologies and wormhole technologies to splice into the living systems. The Metatronic system that we‘ve talked about is one of those, where it tries to feed energy into its system by hijacking it from living systems and making other things come into the fall because if they can keep their quantum up, it will hold off the inevitable space dust return because it keeps the quantum up so the seed atoms can still have thrust spin so they can still sustain their holographic manifestation. Anyway back to this alright? They‘ll be little tangents because there are new people here too and I just wanted to make sure that the whole shield of consciousness that is here with me….We don‘t lose anybody. If we can keep the BPR‘s up in a similar range it will help for us to have a really excellent activation at the end of the workshop. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 39 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So anyway, we have our KaLAe hara bodies which are considered the manifest bodies and we have the spirit body s ide and they both come out at the same time and these are very detailed diagrams, I don‘t need to go through all of the detail it was convered in some other workshops….Which as the types of matter, where we have ketheric, etheric matter, what‘s the difference? How much of its manifest, how much of its on Spirit side- that‘s how you tell the different types of matter. So theres a lot of information that‘s been given all along about these. I just wanted to remind you of the structures that are inherent to the Elum Eiradonna spitrit body, so we can understand the probability structures beter, once we get to look at them in terms of time, space-time, but time as well. These on this side are called….They‘re return cycles, these are return cycles inside, we have return cycles too. Here‘s out Adashi return cycles are right here and these are expansion cycles where we have out Eyugha bodies in and we have the Eckashi, expansion on our side the Ecakshi expansion and the Adashi return. Once you get to here and you‘ve fulfilled….Basically its bringing all of the frequencies of the spirit body, of your consciousness into progressive manifestation and materialisation and then re-spiritualising the atomic structures and then turning them back into the organic forms of energy so the atoms become eternal and then you get to turn around and go into 3 cycles going back, these are the three Adashi return cycles. And theres another set on the spirit body side that‘s happening simultaneously, at the same time. Your spirit body would actually be over here, a part of your spirit body energy would be here and the part that is your manifest body would be over in these systems, but they‘re all connected. They‘re all connected into this body called the vector body system right, the Hara Reisha Eiradonna. There are so many words that I can‘t even remember half of them any more. This is a manA based system the EtorA system with the KaLAe Hara bodies, this is an EirA based system which is the Mahara Reisha body on the AdorA side. Mana is……I wont even get into the percentages….We even had the percentages on how much each one had, partiki power and all that kind of stuff. We don‘t need to go into that for this one. There are 12 vector lines, 6 EtorA ones and 6 AdorA and 24 event horizons, 12 EtorA and 12 AdorA in the Elum Eiradonna spirit body. These are the primary ones. Wait till you see how much more there actually is. So we understand a little more about probabilities and about…We‘ll be progressively learning about what it means to go into MaShayanic fold where actually all of those domains come back in together into the centre in order to reset and rejuvenate and this can happen on a personal level and also on a universal levels. Right now our universal PCM veca system, our Ecka-Veca system is going through one of those and this is where the load out, the host out of the falling Milky Way system is going to occur. So anything else….Yeah this is a good little note. The process of ascension occurs through progressive cycles of atomic density accretion and expansion, where more of the energy of consciousness comes into atomic expression right? So that‘s the expansion cycles that expands out into the atomic matter systems and space time and then….and its in materialization…and then after a full expansion occurs, which would be a full fulfilment of these cycles, both sides simultaneously, was followed by a transmutation cycle or reenlightenment and a transfiguration cycle- a re-spiritualisation cycle of the atomic matter. They are two different process, re-enlightenment has to do with first turning the atomic structure back into a mana based energy, where its actually storing mana energy in the cellular structure after that period, after a certain point of mana accretion then it will respiritualise and completely transfigure and turn into eternal life atoms, where then you have an atomic body, but it is immortal and you can turn it into light to disappear and go through gates and you can pop up where you want and you can fly at the speed of thought and rematerialise anywhere you want. That is what‘s called being Christed or fulfilling a Krystar ascension cycle, and at that point once you can get it through a transfiguration cycle, that‘s when you get to enter the Adashi Return cycles which are just….You can even describe what The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 40 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

they would be like….The consciousness that you will have at that point, its so huge and expansive that all of the stuff that we think about and worry about here would seem very small but you‘d appreciate the process you went through to re-remember it. Because actually we‘re re-remembering, remembering what we once knew before we came into density and got ourselves into a system that was a fall system which blanks out most of our memory through the DNA. So, anyway that was just a ….in a nutshell that‘s what ascension is all about, and yes its about going up, kind of, its about going in, going back to source, going to your original first creation point. What‘s funny is, all of the religions on the planet have taken a piece of the teachings that were originally the Maharata text teachings that taught these things and…Everybody‘s fighting about naming their gods, different gods, and fighting about, you know, god says this no god says that, and is sad because humanity has had a lot of help from- not its friends but people from other places its got to the point that, its forgot its actually trying to honour the same God. Those who claim to be honouring God, its really the same God that they are aiming for, they just are isolating a little portion of that and using it as an excuse to fight with other people, and its really sad that there is a whole planet of people doing that right now and that‘s not going to stop any time soon. But one of the things to make peace and just appreciate the perfection, in the not ideal, that what‘s we‘re living this on the planet is to realise that even if someone is hostile towards you, because you have these ideas about God and reality and they have a different set, let that be OK, kind of like forgive them for they know not what they do because they really don‘t know, because if they knew these type of things they would realise that this is the same thing that they are aiming for. The Christian teachings are full of pieces of the original teachings, but we lost a lot of the substance of them, they talk about being born again, and they talk about ascension, they talk about all sort of things that you have to go to your priest and kiss up to your church, to get. They teach you nothing about your light body structures, they teach you nothing about your actual relationship to God source, as you did not have a personal one, as if you had to worship a guy that hung on a cross that was not even Jesheua or Jesus right….In order to get saved. Saving is something that you can do for yourself to get educated and that‘s why the beloveds bring the ascension teachings back. Next one please. Alrighty. This one is getting into looking at what we just saw, which was a simple version of the Hara bodies, where we had the Hara Krysta and the Mahara Reisha bodies, the spirit body on one side and the manifest one on the other. This right here is the parallel conjugate twins. Now, when we talk about twins, twins become important, its about twin cells and if these are cells in a reality domains that have all of those little balls inside them, we‘re just not showing the little balls, we‘re showing them down here, but we‘re not showing them here, there‘s a relationship between those reality….probability dominions, which has to do with twins. There are connections between them, atomically and energetically and consciousness wise and we actually have other portions of our own consciousness as beings materialised, some of them look just like us, from the same foetal pattern that are called probable selves and we also have incarnates, we have sets of 12 incarnates that we are one of that are all connected by the same soul and there‘s a progression that we‘ll look at later when we get to the soul part of this, the soul and the oversoul and the avatar and all of that. But it starts with understanding the basics of these structures so we have…. I‘m not going to go through all of the little labels, we went through these, in great detail with other ones. For what we‘re going to go through for these activations, we to understand a little bit more about resolute twins. Now first of all we have what‘s called adjugate twins. These…remember and we‘re just showing 4 of them now or 4 event horizons, remember there are 12 event horizons which means 6 time vectors, because one time vector equals 2 event horizons. So we have one event horizon here and one event horizon here and that is one time vector and then you have one event horizon here, one event horizon there and that‘s another time vector. On the same time vector, these two reality dominions would be called adjugate twins and there are certain relationships between them that are important atomically and in the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 41 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

process of ascension. These two on the same vector would also be adjugate twins. So what you‘re seeing here, with the 4, are two sets of adjugate twins, and they form something called the resolute twin. So this is a resolute twin, the 4 of them together, 2 sets adjugates. There‘s another type of twin that is over here that is called the conjugate twins, and this is where we get parallel, right? So these aren‘t considered parallel, it‘s the 90 degree between them that‘s considered parallel. So these two would be parallel to each other, these two would be parallels. So you might have the PCM universe and the PKA universe, which would be the particle and the anti-particle universe. You would have the same configuration up here. So this is just to help you understand the difference between, parallels and probables, there‘s a difference, probable realities are not the same thing as parallel realities, though probable realities cover the entire spectrum of parallels. There are parallel realities that exist within the probability structure. Now….When we get down here we get trans-vector adjugate twins. They are trans-vector which means they go across the vector line, they would go across the centre, they‘re trans-vector. This would be vector, so they transfer back and forth across the vector. In certain activations these come together, these cells actually come together in the centre and some activations these also come together at the same time and they come together in the centre and create a ….something that I don‘t even know what its called yet. But this is what is actually going to occur with the universal structure in this period, we are going to be able to anchor that activation in the grids tonight and that will allow for a time leap, and we‘ll see what that looks like in a little bit but you need to be able to understand these structures a little bit to be able to do that. When we look down here again we‘ve got the….This is one is showing it where before we had the KaLAe Hara EtorA body over here and we had the AdorA body over here, while actually on each one of those 12 event horizons, you will have an EtorA KaLAe body and you‘ll also have the AdorA body on each one of them. So we‘re just showing the first relationships and we start to understand in a way that we‘ve seen in these graphs. When we get down here….Not all of the information on every one of these is important to this workshop because I‘m using some of them from other workshops that showed what I needed to know. Here we have…The centre one is called the Hara Krysta body. Here this is showing the EtorA body or the manifest body, our materialised body on, they actually both have materialization, the EtorA body on what‘s called horizon 4. And over here we‘re showing the AdorA body on Horizon 10. This is called the 4-10 or the 10-4, usually start with the lower, the 4-10 vector line. We are now, our universal veca is actually in its probability 4. we have shifted into the 4 th probability. Now we‘ve used drum codes that have to do with 5,11, 12 and 4 going up into the Eckas and the Eckasha level, and the Eckasha A and the Eckasha Aah. When we come down inside just the veca system itself there are a set of probabilities called potentialities and we are in the probable potentiality 4. We entered that only…That particular potentiality probability some where around November of last year of 2008 and one of the things that marked this transition was actually that Obama won and because if not we would have been stuck still in the 3 rd probability. But we shifted from the 3rd into the 4th last year. We‘re actually a little bit late on the time shifts that we were supposed to be doing, we‘ve been taking leaps, like we have a 4 year leap here, a 3 year leap there, but there were certain things that were supposed to occur that actually didn‘t with the ReuchaTAe, what they call the ReucheTAe reset of the pillars that we were working on since 2003. So anyway we‘ve got this here and this here and over here on the same horizon line we have what is called the Ethos Eiradonis. This happens to be the spirit body of this manifest one so when you see AdoraA-M, EtorA-M, m equals The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 42 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

manifest and the s‘s equal spirit so here‘s the EtorA manifest body, its spirit body actually manifests over here. And heres the AdorA manifest body on this particular line and that manifests over here. This becomes our eiradonis or the spirit of our adjugate, now this is our adjugate across the vector line, this is the spirit of our adjugate so its our adjuga te spirit and that is called the Eiradonis and for the adjugate spirit for AdorA energy, spirit bodies are made out of Etho s energy, which is the underlying spirit and the EtorA spirit bodies are made out of Eiros energy. So on each of those event horizons we‘re now saying there‘s actually two cells of energy, or two domains that are interconnected as we‘ll see in a little while. Also on this event horizon there are two so. So now instead of having two balls on that vector line we‘ve got four. This has to do with things connecting with each other. This Eriadonis ones are called the conduit twins. So we have our EtorA manifest system here, this would be the Ethos AdorA spirit system here and they have the same lines. This would be EtorA- M on horizon 4 and this would be the AdorA spirit from the adjugate which is from horizon 10. So theres a very precise numbering structure that go with all of these, you don‘t have to know it all but knowing that the concept exists helps to understand the whole thing works, its all very mathematical actually and these are actually living reality domains the energy itself is conscious. The dominions are not just thingy‘s, they‘re not just energy structures they are conscious beings of energy that happen to be manifesting or materialising in the form of mini cosmos within cosmos. So there are levels of consciousness that are absolutely awesome and right now we‘re living within those like little cells in the bodies of these massive large beings that eventually we will also have the opportunity to evolve to become as long as we don‘t get stuck in time and don‘t go back as space dust and start all over again in materialisation. So this just helps to understand the conduit twins which means the Eiradonis part and we‘re not showing the resolute twins here yet. There‘s something also called harmonic twins and we‘ll see that in a little bit. The harmonic twins become important because it will help us understand something called the harmonic universe and then the harmonic cosmos, so we can understand we can understand a bit more about the size and structure and function of the probability systems that we actually are ensconced within. Now here, this is just showing what is called a KalAe Hara and we‘ve gone through this already with the Aquafarian shield, the KaLA hara cycle and it simply means at the end of what‘s called an accretion cycle where all of the frequencies are being pulled in from a certain set of spirit body structures, pulled into manifestation into materialisation, at a certain point a KaLAe Hara occurs which is where the adjugate spirit pulls into the manifest one, which means our Ethos would pull into the EtorA system and the Eiros would pull into the AdorA system and they come together in the center. This is called engaging the Eiradonis and we actually went through this and completed it I believe…Its actually called Starfire stage one and we‘ve completed that in the beginning of 2008 I believe. It‘s on that list that actually gives all of the dates of what activations took place when. So just wanted to touch base with that again so we understand that concept. This has to do with a larger structure, what‘s called the folds of creation, that have to do with the times when an expansion cycle is complete and natural ascension occurs and things bring back and re-spiritualise the energy and come back into the centre and rejuvenate and then, can come back out again and express outwardly again. It‘s the eternal life expansion and contraction into and out of the center source consciousness field. These little balls in here, they represent the….On the EtorA side they would be the Eyugha cycles and I forget what they‘re called on the AdorA side, but they‘re the expansion cycles going out and then here we have the Adashi‘s returning. So there is literally cells within cells within cells of conscious energy that the entire cosmos is structures upon within the mathematical structure of the Elum Eirodonna spirit body. So they‘re not just circles, they‘re actually spheres, large spheres of energy. OK next one please. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 43 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Here we go! Well we left off with Ethos and Eiros and the AdorA manifest system and the EtorA manifest system on the 4-10 time vector line. Right, the 4 and 10 event horizons. Now remember there are at least 12 of these, theres actually are more that 12 but t first you see 12 when you look at the Allurean fire chamber lines and those kinds of things. We also have what are called harmonic twins. We not only have on this side, heres the centre one…We not only have the EtorA 4 manifest, the EtorA system which is the KaLAe Hara body manifest which is the ManA energy bas eon horizon 4, right its spirit body over her on horizon 10, we have our Ethos Eiradonis which is the spirit body of the AdorA 10 manifest system, so its spirit body‘s over there and that becomes our Eiradonis Ethos. Then we have the A4 manifest. There‘s also an AdorA system on the 4 event horizon and theres also an EtorA system on the 10 horizon. So we have EtorA 10 and AdorA 4 manifest and their spirit bodies. So you also have the E-10 Spirit from E-10 manifest over here and you have over here the A-4 Spirit. And again you have the AdorA systems, spirit body is made of Ethos and the EtorA ones are made of Eiros. So now all of a sudden we‘ve got four balls on each horizon line. And these don‘t stick out all like that, they‘re actually structured this way. This event horizon would be like this. We‘d have the AdorA 4 manifest, the EirA system and round it we would have the EtorA 4 manifest going clockwise. This one would be counter-clockwise and then the outer one, which is our system would be a clockwise spin, its natural spin in angular rotation of particle spin. We‘d have the same thing happening with the Eiradonis ones where we‘d have the A-10 counter-clockwise one, the Ethos energy around the clockwise spinning inner one that is the E-10 spirit body Eiros. So you have these two structures and there are times when those two structures come together to form, literally an interwoven set of spheres within spheres some going clockwise some going counter-clockwise and the amount of quantum within them depends on the A and E numbers. An E-4 does not have as much quantum as an A-10 or E-10. So if it‘s a 10 it has more quantum than a 4 does as far as the amount of quantum thrust a system has. So this just helps to understand a little bit of what we‘re dealing with when it comes to time and space. Because all of these have to do with the structure of probability dominions and the central actuality dominions. The central actuality dominions are the ones that take place here, that always exist within the Hara Krysta state and there are layers of them. In this particular structure where we‘re just looking….we‘re just looking at one time vector line here with its two horizons. When you take that into the fact that we know there‘s at least 12 of these event horizons or 6 time vectors…In that structure where you just see the 12- I‘m not showing them here, you have a primary set of 24 KaLAe Hara cells. Now we‘re just talking about the KaLAe Hara cells. They‘re the ones that are made of ManA like our system is. You‘ also have 24 Mahara Reishi spirit cells which were the spirit bodies to those. And at the centre you also have 24, because each would have….there would be 6 at the centre mad of KaLAe Hara energy or connected to the KaLAe Hara energy. 6 connected to the AdorA KaLAe energy which is the manifest energy, 6 connected to the EtorA spirit body and 6 connected to the AdorA spirit body. So that gives you 24 more centre cells. So you have 48 outer cells and 24 inner cells within those inner….Lets call them bud states for short. That‘s a total of 72 cells, so now we‘ve got 72 cells. And it gets bigger later! They just want us to understand the base structures that we are dealing with here because in that way we can be more conscious of what changes we‘re actually going through and we begin to start to understand some of the things we may start perceiving because we‘re going to start perceiving bleed-throughs from other of the probability systems and some of them will be fine and some of them won‘t be and it helps to understand what is happening- Am I losing my mind? I’m getting weird dreams about this….Not even dreams sometime- All of a sudden I‘m seeing stuff in my head and going Aghhhh! I don‘t want to see that! We are going to start picking up- some of are already, picking up on other probability systems that are occurring, because now they are progressively going into blend and there are certain The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 44 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

ones that we want to blend with and certain ones that we don‘t want to blend with. We‘ll be able to see which ones and their relationship to each other a little better as we progress in the diagrams. Next one please, Now this would happen whether or not we were doing a load out cycle. Any Starfire ascension cycle goes through the phases and I‘m not going to read every one of these, there‘s a diagram in your handout pack that has this in microprint and I thank the people that helped to put this together, theres a couple of people that helped with the artwork in these where I did the roughs and had it all in handwriting and they actually type set it for me, bless them. Thank you! The 5 stages of Starfire ascension and the folds of creation. The folds of creation refer to….Once that KaLAe Hara cycle, stage one is reached where you have the engagement of the Eiradonis, where that comes in, and it has not merged yet with the systems of the EtorA and the AdorA, but the Eiradonis engages and gets ready, it pulls in and gets ready to begin merging those energies together, that‘s what we went through at FOL 08, the Aquafarian shield, the host shield actually made it through. We had to be able to have a certain base pulse rhythm to be able to make the leap, if we didn‘t, we‘d probably be evacing out by now. But we made the leap thankfully, so we‘ve passed through stage one and we‘re getting ready…I forget the dates- I‘ll need to look at the chart pack to see stage two….I‘ll look at these on the chart better where it has all of the numbers and things because theres a bigger chart that shows these more specifically. I just wanted to show you the types of folding of those probability dominions into each other and into the actuality dominion. So you can see….First one, where you have, these pull together the Eiradonis comes in and pulls into the AdorA and the EtorA cells and forms that kind of structure and then…..Stage one is KaLAe Hara, stage two is called the KaLAe Krysta, we entered that in May, its actually where the Eiradonis starts to merge, so its still in this structure, that‘s why it does not have its own diagram except when we put the whole cycles together, but it‘s a period of time in which the Eiradonis energies progressively merge or accrete into the manifest body energies, and that‘s called resurrection actually where its actually bringing back part of the natural imprint or the Krystic imprint of a system. So we began those in 5, 2008 and that will go through until 2047. Now we have the stage 3, is called the HarAe Krysta and this we will be going into between 2052 and 2225 AD, I‘ll just put it that way, I get tongue tied over numbers sometimes. And this is actually showing different stages where one pulls in… Its quite complicated where theres‘s a replica system that comes…..The EtorA systems go in and they get hosted literally into the centre and then a replica one comes out, an Eiradonic replica of them. This is called the Ma-Sha-yanic fold where the Ma-Sha-Ya or the saviour of the system comes in. This is the work Messiah came from originally. It was referring to the Ma-Sha-yanic folds of creation. So that‘s fold one…Goes to stage three. We have stage 4 over here the Hara Krystiana hydrolase conversion cycle. This is where, once the energies that have accreted together begin to go into hydrolase or liquid living light conversion, and we‘ve discussed that in other ones, we‘ve got text written on it in other workshops, its quite an intense detail process. Its called the hydrolase conversion process. And that is going to…It‘s the 1000 years of peace that has been talked about in certain Christian teachings I think even Jewish teachings in the old days. This is going to between 2230 and 3230 AD. So this is a long host. At a certain point in time though when….I believe its when we finish stage 2 that….This is where the Aqualelle host starts and at the end of this, that is when the Milky Way gates are going to be closed. So that is the 222 year load out cycle, where, after that you wont be able to get out of this system, so by then anything krystic is going to go into the other systems, probably through the centre fold and we‘re actually going to make our first journey tonight into the core Edon, the actuality dominion, to what‘s called the Seed of Edon. And that‘s where they‘re going to have take a journey and do something, they have not told me what yet. But it‘s something good for us. When we hit stage 5, that‘s over here….By the way that‘s fold number 2, see its folding, the walls are folding in, the dominions are The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 45 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

folding in. This one stage 5 is the Reisha Krystara….This is starfire stage 3 and its fold 3, and theres names to each of these, we had the Ma-Sha-Yanic fold up there the Ma-Sha-Ta-Ra, Ma-Sha-Ta-Ratic fold over there, the Ma-Ha-Ratic fold over here and this is the birth of the Maharata liquid light body and these all, by the end of this phase, it all pulls into the centre and does Krystar Starfire, where that at that point, the system or that being can go back into the Adashi return cycles and expand back out into source. That‘s the basic process with the folds of creation. Next one please Now we‘re getting into the ones where there‘s no time to typeset! This is just showing the simple structures where we see the set of 12, what looks like 12 balls, but now we know there‘s a lots more them, the cells, the probability domains. These are cells but these are probability domains, within which you‘d have those smaller Eyugha cycles and those kind of things. Bit this diagram is to show you where the Aurora continuum is. The Aurora continuum is right in this area and in here is when you get into those actuality dominions inside of this. So we began the opening of the Aurora continuum when we did the drum circle and it was very successful by the way, you guys did awesome! Thank you so much that was great! (applause). I hope we can do more of those- they‘re fun! And they‘re extremely effective, and they‘re also part of actaully being able to…Eventually in some of the later teachings, they‘ll teach us how to use drumming and stuff to help materialise things so….Well look what we materialised. We materialised orbs! We co-created something because the orbs came. We‘ll talk more about that toward the end. Anyway. Now this is just showing….These are the A line numbers which are the Allurean chamber numbers, but these are….We‘re using them as probability numbers right now, and actually the probability numbers go clockwise and on the same lines the Allurean chamber numbers, because it connects with the spirit body- go counter clockwise in numbering. Well it depends on which system you‘re dealing with. So there‘s all of these chambers and lines actually- and they‘re core feed lines form the centre. It depends on which set of balls on those lines whether its going clockwise or counterclockwise but these are going clockwise as far as our probability systems that we are involved in here. Lets see, this is where…The Amenti Earth Bud gate dial up code, this is where they started giving me what we used on the beach, the probability set….The set that goes with and we‘ll see, how did those numbers go with our probability set. The set that goes with our probabilities, where we are. Not just here but it was from our veca all of the way up to our Eckasha Aah level, what probability alignments. We‘ll see the graph that had to be done to be able to figure that out- because they would have told me directly, but they never do, unless I am desperate and I really cant figure it by the diagrams, but they make me take diagrams down, and this way it hits home where I get it right?! And they can make me teach it. But the graphs were quite detailed with alignments and things, that‘s what took so ling with some of this- that I had t get them right in order to make sure and double check that the information I got was correct….Because they‘d say here the numbers are this, go check it. Which means I had to get the diagrams down to check it to make sure that I got the right translation and that kind of stuff. Its kind of like using addition to check up subtraction and that kind of thing. So anyway this is where we got the numbers. First we had the probability set that goes with the direct numbers, which probabilities we were involved in on each of those levels. The next is called the coordinate light body set, and this goes with the veca, the Ecka-Veca, the Eckasha, the Eckasha A and Echaska Aah, quadrant through spectra numbers which are part of the light, they are destinations of the light body and we‘ll see how they fit. And then these were the adjugate to probability numbers which means if we were on probability 4, our adjugate number would be 10 etcetera. And we have sets of probability alignments bec ause we‘re not on the same probability line or probability dominion in each of the layers of the creation that we‘re inside of. So, once you know those numbers though and we can bring those codes into…. Drums are very special, drumming or even stomping is very special because it creates vibration, vibration is important because there is something called the Ah Jha body and something called the vibrational body that has to do with what is The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 46 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

called the water body- we‘ll look a little bit more about what that is a little bit later. But this is why things like drumming and things that create a repetitive vibration of some sort. It has the ability to carry information, electronic information into the larger body systems both of people and planets in a way that can either cause harm or cause help. We are using, we are resetting the actual organic alignments where a lot of the grid workers and people who participate in drum circles who do not know any of this stuff- they don‘t know what they‘re drumming in. A lot get the channel stuff coming in and drumming God knows what, just sounds nice and is kind of fun, what ever. When we do drum circles we do them with intelligence behind them, conscious intelligence, because it‘s a very very powerful medium for affecting directly the planets body, particularly the planets vibratory body and the planets vibratory body is directly connected with its water. So this is the beginning where they‘re beginning to explain all of this about why we did the drum circle and I think we did great! Everybody went wonderfully….I really do I am so excited with that! Because I was thinking Gosh this ought to be good, because Az and I were just learning how to drum and I used to know it in other lives but my hands aren‘t so coordinated this time. Thankfully there were some well trained drummers there and a lot people willing to say We’ll give it a shot anyway, and it just was great! So we did a very good job of getting these coded in. I think it‘s a fascinating concept too of how they are teaching us how to use the vibrational codes and that kind of thing in order to directly interface with the grids. Eventually they will teach us how to use them to assist in co-creative materialisation, in changes in your life and things you want to bring into being and eventually if you are really good at it you can actually manifest things before your eyes right from the elemental kingdoms. So, we are not going to be doing that tonight. (To Az) up here please (on the chart) This in relation to the Aurora continuum, I did not have time to white out the weird little lines, if you see weird little lines its because it was a paste up and I did not have time to white it out all of the cut lines. Here in relation to this structure that we have looked at, where we still have the Ethos and Eiros sticking out on the side….At this point because we have fulfilled KaLAe Hara these are actually around us now, and around on the other side. So these balls are actually intergrated and they‘re progressively bringing the frequencies in to merge with our frequencies. Bit here in relation to this structure is where that band would be and it cuts through, right here, the middle….It cuts into the middle Edons. That‘s why its referred to as the Edonic gates because it cuts through….These aren‘t perfect aligned actually through the little balls and I did it even without a template real fast just to remind myself that they are there. But it cuts through into the Edon networks and creates and opening between the Edon levels because you not only have Edon middle domains on the probability dominions going out we also have a set of them inside, that stay inside there. So the middle one, when its triggered here to open, when certain codes are used, the codes that we used, it will open the ones corresponding that are in the actuality body or the centre body and that is the structure that we are opening. When we do our journey at the end of this evening we‘re going to be going from out here in the outer domain through these gates to the Aurora continuum and from the Aurora continuum being able to slide through into the seat of Edon and that is actually the Amenti Earth, they call the Middle Earth- the Earth where the Amenti grids were not damaged, where it exists in kind of like a….It still evolves and has different scenarios that it moves through but is where the damage did not occur so we get to go in there. Its also connected directly to the central Hall of Records, that are Reishaic records that we can actually find and read our incarnational history, we can find just about anything once we get in there and that‘s why they call it the cockpit of co-creation. Its also the place that, if you learn to project there regularly you will be able to go into that particular state and create there. Once you decide on the outside something you would like to make happen in your life or fix or heal or draw to you then you would do a certain set of things that we will talk about at the end- its part of the technique….That you would The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 47 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

take….Once you got those things done then you would bring your consciousness in to that Edonic state and from there do a bit of visualisation and things and create the IAMIT formula from that state. So the activations that we will do tonight are just the beginning of opening the abilities within our bodies and then we can use the techniques, the techniques that we have been given to begin enhancing our ability to materialise more of what we would like than what we would dislike through co-creation because all materialisation is co-creative. You can‘t help but co-create with the structures of atomic consciousness that are everywhere around us. Part of them are ours, part of them are the larger structures of the planet and the universes and the cosmos. Some people say….You don‘t force creation. There are too many people on the planet that really think it ok to force creation. They say I want to build that house- I am going to kill that tree! They don‘t ask the tree if it wants to die. You know they could ask the tree to sing with it. Trees sing in a way that some humans can hear and if the tree sang with it, it could actually manifest a house, out of….like ectoplasmic substance that would then solidify. You could have crystal houses instead of dead tree houses and those kind of things. There‘s a whole way of being in the Krystic Realms that….First you ask! You don‘t inflict your consciousness or your idea on somebody or something else. It does not mean that you have to beg, like please God can I have this? Can I please have this? That‘s like we‘re little sparks of God, we‘re all God‘s children, but some day we have to grow up. And we say I am not 2 years old anymore and I do have to take responsibility for my manifestations. I‘ve got source. I am here- and I know I am a face of you. Pieces of you. There is a song by Jewel that is called Pieces of you, actually a CD, it is worth looking up- it has some interesting concepts in it. Anyway I am going to get back to this one, back to pieces of us, because there are many many pieces of us. But we do need to go from becoming children of God to becoming co-creators with God. Which means that we have been endowed with the same powers, on a smaller level, but the same powers of God source creation field itself. We have the ability to direct manifest when we remember how. We have the ability to engage in co- cooperative creation and literally do all of the things that we assign and put outside of ourselves on a God figure, we have the ability to do those things in our lives and it‘s a very different state when you shift from going -Oh please God help me can I have this? And praying and those kind of things to shaking yourself and going Oh my God I am a piece of God! I have got to stop talking to God like I am a child. It‘s a shift- it‘s a subtle one but it‘s a big one because as long as you‘re doing the please please God help me, can I do this? And I have been doing this for a ling time! I tend to be quite passive. And I wanted to grow up to and say….Here for duty I am a piece of you….And its always nice to ask not like can I please please. How about would you co-create this with me? I have the power to create. You have given me that power- let us co-create this together. You leave it a bit like let me know if its not the right thing to create…I am not going to force it and that kind of thing. It‘s a whole different stance of consciousness when you change form being the child looking up at the father, mother all God being as the big thing you have to go on your knees to or even if you don‘t go on your knees, just where you are still disowning that fact that you have the ability to direct manifest. As long as you continue to keep in that focus where, I am a child of God so I can ask for permission and God will help make this happen. The universe consciousness field, God source consciousness filed, already agreed to help make that happen! It gave us the power to actually to direct elemental command and the power to abuse it if that is what we chose. There was only one rule that was set upon. The set of rules were set right into the natural laws of physics that creation is built on. We break the- we slap ourselves, we get hurt. It is not that God is punishing you, not at all, but you are punishing yourself and you are actually getting feedback from the eternal life system that‘s saying- um no that did not work, whoa that didn‘t work right. [Sarasota 2009 Track 8 00:00] Ash Lecture cont‘d The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 48 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

… and realize, give yourself permission to have what you want first of all, cause most of us have been told, ―You‘re not allowed to have that. No, you can‘t, no you can‘t, no you can‘t or something like this big, no you can‘t, no you can‘t, can‘t do that, can‘t do that, you‘re not allowed to do that, you‘re bad, you‘re not worth it, you‘re not worthy‖, dada dada, all that. It‘s like a filter you just need to rip off your brain and your mind and your cells. Because you know what God-Source said, ―Yes, you can, here go do; we were given permission to create, to co-create. We only asked one thing: if you want to have a nice experience doing that, then co-operate with the organic laws of the system.‖ And if you don‘t there is a certain point where God-Source, no matter how much you pray can‘t protect you from what you‘ve set in motion. But you‘re always safe enough, you‘ll always come Home, be it happy through Ascension or kind of like not even realizing that you messed it up cause by the point you go space-dust return you usually don‘t even have the consciousness left in you to be upset about it, that kind of thing, some of them do. Anyway, I‘m trying to put some of the things that were on the itinerary that we were going to talk about in with the flow that goes with the diagrams. So I‘ll go off diagram a little bit sometime and come back. So anyway this was showing us where we got the Drum-Codes from the beginnings of where we got them from. The other diagrams that come will show how this structure is actually much more complex, particularly when you combined this with the structure of the Ecka Maps of the God World Gates with all of those layers of interwoven Kathara Grids. How do these Probability Structures of the EluminEir-adhona Spirit Body fit into those structures? Because we start to see a lot when we start to see what the problem is with the Black Hole guys when we see those structures put together and that‘s why those diagrams that we‘re going to see soon were done. So let‘s see, yeah these are the Amenti Earth‘s Vertical Probability Alignments. This is where we got the 5, 11, 12 and 4. The Veca Quadrant 4 right is the 5th Probability Dominion of the Eckasha. That Eckasha is the 11 th Probability Dominion of the Eckasha-A in that Spectra right. The Eckasha-A it is, what did I just said to this one, I‘ll show you what this means. I get tongue tied on this…but basically if you see the 5, it means the Veca, this Veca-5 is the 5th Probability System of the thing, the larger thing that it is sitting in right. So if this was the Eckasha, this whole thing is the Eckasha level, the Veca-5 would be the 5th one, the 5th Probability Dominion within it. So that‘s where we get those numbers from and that is our coordinates going up in the Probability Structures. We already had the structures of the Ecka Maps and what Quadrants we are in and what Corridors, what Spectras. But there is also the Probability Factors that give us a more rounded picture of where exactly are we and specifically if you want to use Codes to open Gates, what are the Dial-Up Codes, what are those Star Gate Codes that will open the Gates particularly the Core ones. And those, in order to open the Actuality Dominions, you need to use the organic structures of and the beats, the rhythms of the natural alignment, the Vertical Alignments of the Probabilities. So you have to understand what the Cosmos is like in the first place. That‘s why they‘ve spent 10 years teaching us every little aspect of this material so we can get to the point where we could understand what we‘re walking through, cause if we didn‘t know what the Spirit Body structure was or a Light Body structure was, or if we didn‘t have the Ecka Maps of the God-World Gates, or we didn‘t understand a little bit about PartikI Phasing and Harmonic Key Creation, Takeyon Cycles, those kind of things, this, you have no idea.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 49 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

You might as well just go back to like the Christian teachings or some other teachings: ―OK I‘m just going to ascend. I‘ll follow this little like 10 commandments and I‘ll be good and I‘ll listen.‖ The thing is you won‘t in this life unless somebody is hosting you. Because those teachings have taken away the Truths you needed to know in order to conduct not just your bodies here—you‘re mind and your emotions, but how to conduct your energy field. We can become completely irresponsible about our energy fields and our energy flows because we forgot we had them. We had help forgetting and that was so when it came time for the showdowns that have been running in this System to, you know with the Black Hole Systems that have been trying to eat this System alive. They have purposely gotten involved with us here in order to make sure we didn‘t know and we had no responsibility for our energy fields so they could use them. And that‘s just what Fall System Consciousness tends to do. It feeds; it is a vampire consciousness. And it doesn‘t mean they‘re bad; it means they chose to follow the opposite expression. They had a right to do that; Source gave them the right to do that. They are and they will live the consequences of that. So for the rest of us who don‘t want to live those consequences, it is a learning system alright. We can learn a lot by walking around down here. And what‘s really nice is to be able to get out once you said, ―Enough already, if it‘s going to fall I don‘t want to be there.‖ We‘ll also be able to help if it weren‘t for the fact that the people that are coming to these workshops and working with the Shield with us are actually the ones that are anchoring into what we call Net-Earth, the probability frequencies that allow for this Host to occur. If it wasn‘t for you that the Shield that your formed together, none of this would be a possibility here anymore. We would have lost the ability for Ascension and we would be going Black Hole Fall; we would become a Finite System. Science already knows that, they know eventually the Sun is going like you know do Red Giant and poof! And they‘re hoping they can find something else that they can live on way out there in space, some place before that happens. So they can move a select little few of people out in Star Colonies and that those kind of things. It‘s almost like the Battlestar Galactica show system. That‘s actually a probability that has occurred. A very interesting show and where there were 12 Tribes of human beings set out in different planets and they were trying to find one that was rumored to be called Earth because they were from another one that got destroyed by the Cylons and that kind of stuff and then they came, found Earth kind of got destroyed by the Cylons too but at least the planet was still there. But anyway, the Galactica show was interesting; it‘s worth watching some of it, the end one was great but if you didn‘t watch some of the beginning, the end won‘t be as meaningful right. But we are like walking through a drama very similar to that. Anyway, next one, please. [Track 8 06:36] This one is just showing all of the little Eyugha Systems and stuff that go with those Probability Dominions where it‘s showing you—that‘s 1 right, where you have 1, 2, 3, 4, actually 5, 6, 7, 8 because there is one for each of these in the center, then 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and one that links those Return Cycles. So you got 15 on one line alright, 15 of those cycles. And that was just on one set, like the EtorA set for example; there is a lot more. That would give you on the full if there were 12 EtorA ones you‘re only counting the ones with the EtorA energy, that‘d give you a 180 EtorA Suns. When you count them all you end up with 720 of them and there are simply these smaller space-time systems within the larger Probability Dominions alright. So there is like 720 of them when you see this configuration, when you see a simple EluminEir-adhona Spirit Body and that‘s without counting the other ones we didn‘t even get to yet. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 50 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So it is really big, it is a very, very large system the Cosmos is; its structure is massive and amazing. And I think they want us to start like really getting it so we understand certain things about, so you ascend; it‘s like ―Bang, zoom I‘m in heaven!‖ Which one? There are so many places and spaces to be and when you start expanding consciousness you started realizing it‘s like almost like being a kid in a candy store, wow! And most of them aren‘t fallen, right? The Fall Systems are very heavy learning systems where Krystic Beings do come in first of all to try to assist and be able to host out those who can still make it out but also to learn for themselves. You can learn all sorts of things down here. A lot of it is not pleasant but it‘s still, it might not be ideal but it‘s perfect cause it teaches you things that help you learn to manage your own power and consciousness better in ways that can create more joy and fulfillment for yourself and for others. So anyway, that‘s all the little Eyugha Systems and the Expansion and Contraction Cycles involved with it. Next one, please. [Track 8 08:48] Now we get to the Ecka Maps. This is just the top of the Ecka Maps. If anyone was new and you don‘t know what, where the Ecka Maps started, it started with a simple Kathara Grid and there is a diagram called the Stairway to Heaven that I‘m sure some of the module people already teach that so I‘d suggest linking up with it. It‘s also in I believe Kathara 2-3 manual. So this is the top of the Stairway to Heaven when we‘re talking about Light Body structure alright. Now we‘ve gone past Light Body structure and gone into Spirit Body structure, but they are interwoven and interconnected. So what we have here, these are great for actually helping us to understand where exactly is our system, our little Milky Way Galaxy sitting in the middle of who knows what. All those Stars out there, where is there an end to the Universe? And what science calls the Universe is not the same thing as what we call the Cosmos; they tend to use the term interchangeably. ―There is only one Universe. Our Universe was created at…‖ whatever point in time. Um, there are many Universes in the entire Cosmic Body. So we make a distinction between those words. Now what we are dealing with here, I‘m not going to go into every little part on it because there are various coverage on the Ecka Maps if anybody wants to catch up on that but what I will show is our coordinates. Now this is called the Eckasha-Aah, this large one. The Eckasha-Aah has 4 Eckasha-A in it—they are the 4, this size. Each Eckasha-A has 4 Eckasha in it—these size ones, and each Eckasha has 4 Veca Quadrants and an Ecka Core in it. So it gives you an idea, and this is without showing many of the balls yet or the circles, the Domains. It‘s showing you a little bit here. The circles here are just to identify certain areas. This is our Ecka Sun Pro-sEda over here OK right there. Our System is this one here, when we look at our, when we‘ve looked at the Star Gate Maps, we started with just one Kathara Grid with 12 Universal Star Gates on it, that would be this one if it was in a normal position. This is actually M-31, what science calls M-31 the Andromeda Galaxy which is about I think it‘s 2.2 or 2.5 million Light Years away, well that is our natural PCM Universe. We‘re actually in this kind of relationship to it. The Milky Way was a part of that Galaxy or that Universe. It became this little Galaxy in a progressive set of falls that went back for many, many billions of years; actually we‘ve been progressively going into fall. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 51 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So this would be the natural structure of our PCM Universe. This would be the Kathara Grid pertaining to it, right the one running on this angle. The Milky Way is actually twisted off. We went through all about how that happened and what the angular relationships are and all that kind of thing that has to do with the Metatronic Technology and what‘s called the Threshold Technology and the BeaST Machine and all of that but on a Galactic level. But it creates this very twisted Core Radiation Template and Star Gate Alignment in the Milky Way. There was always the Krystal River Host which has been around for quite a few billions of years, has been trying to eventually heal this System and bring the Milky Way back in where it actually could have re-evolved back into alignment with the M-31 Andromeda Galaxy. But that is not going to happen now because on the Galactic level the what‘s called the Procyak System at the centre is a Black Hole System at the centre of our Milky Way has actually won as far as pulling this part of the quantum, of this combined quantum in. So basically the Milky Way is going into Black Hole Fall within this region and that is the little version of the alignments. If you want to look at that with the Kathara Grids pointed upward, I‘ll show you that really quick too in a minute…. [Track 8 12:57] This is a closer look but on the vertical level if we‘re just looking at that Kathara Grid where we have the M-31, our natural Universal Star…Kathara Grid, PCM Universe Kathara Grid; it‘s actually called the Aquinos Universe. It‘s the Aquinos Universe; it‘s not Milky Way and it‘s not M-31 or even Andromeda. It has some Andromeda-like names in it. When we do the Gate Tones, the Jesheua Codes, they are actually all the Tones for each of the Original Star Gates and that kind of thing so we could try to bring this online with our System down here through the Milky Way. Here is the alignment that we have, the A-Gates. These are from the Andromeda, the natural Gates. This is where Urtha is. We have Urtha, then Sha-La, then AhshaLA and then our Earth Systems here—Median Earth, Net-Earth, and then we have the Caduceus Earth and Phantom Earth. They‘re all lined up here. And this is why Earth has always been a place once Amenti was set, was under attack because—and before that the FA groups were trying to get a hold of the natural star that was here before Earth was hosted in which was called AhshaLA. And they were trying to get a hold of this because it was the one thing in the entire system that had the main link directly into one of the natural gates, functional gates in the M-31 or Aquinos System. So that‘s why Earth has been a target for a long time ever since the Amenti Mission was set but this problem with the Milky Way happened in stages much earlier than just the Amenti thing 560 million years ago. 560 million years ago is when the Tara Drama happened and Tara split and left Alcyone behind where we see Alcyone in the Pleiades now. They were pieces of Tara also but these pieces of Tara were actually taken down into Density-1 from Density-2 and restructured into an organic re-evolution pattern that was the Amenti Rescue Mission and it was hosted into the natural star that was in this position but in the Milky Way, which was called AhshaLA. So this is what all these words connecting all these systems connect. Next one, please, thank you. [Track 8 15:23] We‘re still on the Ecka Map of the God-World Gates. This is beginning to show us where we have the interface between the Spirit Body and the Light Body structure. The Light Body structure again is the structure that the Ecka Maps follow The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 52 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

and Spirit Body structure, the Elum-Eiradhona is the one with the, we now have the P–numbers which are also the Allurean Chamber numbers. So if you look at this, up there is the Fire Chamber-12. Our Chamber-12 is at top with the Kathara Grid pointing up straight. These are offset right—I think that‘s what 15 degrees? 15, 25, 45, yeah it‘s about offset 15 degrees. So instead of aligning up the Probability-12 with Fire Chamber-12 or Allurean Chamber-12 with Fire Chamber-12 they aren‘t, they‘re offset like this and that creates this set of 24 actually. There would be 24 Lines: 12 of them would be Fire Chamber Lines that have to do with the Light Body and 12 of them would be the Allurean Chamber Lines that have to do with the Spirit Body. And they interact together and I won‘t even go into the process, we‘ve talked about the processes of how the Fire Chambers and the Allurean Chambers interact together to form the Sparks that make the quarks, that make the atoms…and all that. So that‘s covered in other workshops. But what I want to show you here is in this System, here is the Eckasha-Aah Probability-4. So we‘re in this whole thing would be referred as the Eckasha-Aah and we‘re in the 4th Probability. We have our Cosmic Eckasha-Aah Probability-4 and Cosmic Eckasha-A Spectra-3 Probability-12 of Eckasha-Aah-4. So right here is where we get that top number in the beats that we‘re doing, 4. When we take these in we are looking at more where you get into here, or here first of all, this we have as our Eckasha-A Spectra would be this one; that would also have a set of 12 of its Probability Dominions. Then we would have the next one—we‘re at this point hereit‘s called Eckasha Corridor-4 but we‘re Probability-11 within the larger one up from that. So that‘s where we are getting the 11 number going up. And then inside of that we would have our Ecka-Veca System—and this is our Veca here our PCM Veca which is the Particle Universe, and this was the Parallel, the one that is at that 90 degree angle to us. So that was our Parallel Universe in Parallel Milky Way actually, Parallel Milky Way and Parallel Andromeda M-31. And both of these would have that little fall twist off where the Milky Way came off from its natural PCM and PKA structures. Here is our Parallel Eckasha level and that‘s where the what we call the Bourgha Black Hole System exists and it‘s actually the 4 Veca Quadrants and the Ecka fell. Eckashas don‘t fall; once you get up to that level fall doesn‘t happen with them anymore but the Veca and Ecka Systems within them, the smaller systems can go back to space-dust return. And this whole system did fall but it‘s still alive. I mean just because something falls and it goes out of alignment and it becomes a vampire system. Vampires can live for a long time by sucking energy off other things and that‘s indeed what that system does through sets of Wormholes and things. Up here in this Adjacent, it‘s not Parallel but it‘s in the Adjacent Eckasha-A, we have two other systems. This one is the Aquareion System. This is where the Host is coming from and it is a perfect Krysted System that doesn‘t fall. There are certain ones in every Cluster that will hold the complete Krystic pattern in order to rescue people and beings out of other ones that are going into space-dust fall. This is where the AnShaTA‘sa Host is coming through. It‘s like a frequency line that comes through from here through into our System here to allow for this Host to occur. And this System here is called the Wesa System and part of it is falling and part of it isn‘t. These are the Wesa Black Holes. And I believe this is the Wesadak, I think they are the Wesedraks there and they are the Wesedaks. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 53 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So this is the relationship between those things. I‘m just reminding people that most of you know this but some of you might not. But I want you to see what this looks like when we look at each of their sets of Probability Dominions and see what that looks like cause it‘ll help us understand a little bit better why we‘ve been in trouble since 2000 when the Stellar Activation Cycle happened and how we‘re going to get in, get ourselves out of that trouble situation. Next one, please. [Track 8 20:41] Now I‘m just showing our System right. All of these would be, everyone of these would have these structures and I‘m only showing the basic 12 Probabilities in each one not even counting the, you know just the EtorA ones that pertain directly to us, not the AdorA ones and the Eiradonis ones and all of those cells within cells. But that is showing you the same structure. And this was nuts because I had to line them all up using mylars and stuff and line them up over specific things on the Ecka Maps and things like that. So we have here as we‘ve got, this is our Eckasha-A Spectra-3 is here. This is the Eckasha-Aah number 4. And doing the numbers is nuts; even trying to look at it here, they are correct but it was like worse-than-dyslexia-type. Wait a minute: who‘s on what spin and where does it start right, where is what spin start. But this is how we tell where we get the numbers. We have at the top again we have Cosmic Eckasha-A (Eckasha-Aah?) Probability-4. If this whole thing is the Cosmic Eckasha-A (Eckasha-Aah?), and let‘s see, there is its 3rd; right there is the 3rd Probability. Down in here is its 4th right. So that is the alignment, the centre the alignment of our Eckasha-Aah. Then when we get to the next level we got Cosmic Eckasha-A Spectra-3, which is Probability-12 of Eckasha-Aah-4. This is our Eckasha-A and that is Probability-12. Not of this one, that‘s the Probability that is going down right, the 6 th. But here is Probability-11 of our Eckasha-Aah, right the bigger one, and this Probability-12 at the centre. So this is on Probability-12, so we got Probability-12 as its number and we‘ve got Cosmic Eckasha Corridor-4 on Probability-11 of the Eckasha-A Probability-12. (Laughing) This is why I‘m really spent out after a while; it‘s like driving me crazy. And I was hoping that a wave would come through so I could actually articulate any of it at all, so far so good. Cosmic Eckasha-A (Eckasha?) Corridor-4 Probability-11. Ok, let‘s find the Eckasha, Eckasha is this one. Alright so this one is—here it goes, go find the little numbers again—OK we‘re on…Probability-12 Spectra-3 and we are the 9th, 10th, 11th. And this 5 goes with here, not with this one. This is 10, this is 12 so that is 11 there. So that‘s where we get the 11, Probability-11 of the Eckasha-A-12. Now we have the next level down and this is where we got our M-31 PCM Veca Quadrant-4 Probability-5 of Eckasha-11. (Laughing) Here we go! You see what my brain has to do when I read these things, when I take the transmissions down. Right, OK, the next step so these are…

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 54 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

You don‘t have to remember this, it‘s just understanding when we see it the first time how it does fit together with the Ecka Maps it will help to, having the orientation will help to see actually a lot more than the Ecka Maps themselves are actually showing us as far as leaps and stuff, time-leaps and probability shifts and things. Now within the Universal Veca Quadrant Probability-5, within this there are another set of 12 Potentiality Probabilities that have to do with different versions of our Milky Way and M-31 System, 12 different versions and we are in one of those. So and this is the one that has been changing. So we have been, we started in these little tiny ones inside we started on the 1 st Probability in 2000 with the Stellar Activation Cycle and we have progressively did it leaps to number 3 and then from 3 in November we leaped into number 4 one. Now where is 5? Let‘s see here, 5 is, let me find 5 Probability-5, here is Probability-5. This is the one that our System is in. Actually right now there is one down from that, one of the Potentialities down from that cause these keep going down into smaller and smaller versions of this, that‘s where we get that. So the Veca-5 actually has to do with the 5th Probability of the Eckasha, Eckasha, yeap this is the Veca and this is the Eckasha and that‘s 4 of the Eckasha and that‘s 5 of the Eckasha and then 6 th of the Eckasha, yeah OK. So the set going down in from there is the one that is actually going to rotate. We‘re actually rotating through the Probability Structures there. And we were in a different one in 2000 when we started this. What‘s interesting is you can tell just by the interwoveness of these things, the fact that they are so interwoven. And these are all spinning and rotating. They rotate they are Reality Fields that rotate through each other at a different Angular Rotation of Particle Spin. Every one of those cells or Probability Dominions has a different angle to the one next to it which means its particle spin base is at a different angle. That‘s why they‘re all in the same basic place but they move through each other and don‘t bump into each other. But when you shift your Angular Rotation of Particle Spin you can move from one to the other and once you get the ability of Ascension back that‘s exactly what you do in order to be a Space-Time hopper, a leaper. You can leap through you can visit where you want to; you can totally de-manifest which is really a cool state. It‘s fun to be manifest but all the things you need like clothes, food, or houses, cars, I mean all those things, when you have the ability to turn into Light and hang out for a billion years if you felt like it or come back tomorrow in whatever form you wanted you don‘t even have to collect all that stuff. So Reality is more about experiences and interacting with other Life of the Universe and the Cosmos. So it‘s a whole different level of consciousness when you don‘t need stuff like to keep you warm—you want to be warm, you‘re warm you know because IAMIT. You learn to be IAMIT, your IAMIT Formula, you become IT. And eventually we‘ll realize what the things we begin to materialize through co-creation like the Orbs the other night when they came in to co-create with us, they are a part of us too we are connecting with. It was our consciousness and Source consciousness and all of the levels of consciousness in-between that co-created that event. So you could look at them and say IAMIT, I AM This right, I AM This, IAM. Not That, That over there away from you, I AM This, I AM. And you can make yourself a car, you can make yourself a house, you can make yourself a tree but all things have a cycle to them. If you want to make yourself like a human and you‘re not in human form it implies you have to go through a whole cycle right cause you‘re so big a consciousness you have to put yourself down into the Matrix. And then there is always the trick of making sure you don‘t trip over yourself and get yourself in trouble and get stuck in the Matrix. It is a bit of a challenge but we all obviously took it, we‘re here. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 55 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So anyway this is the Probability Matrix that we are in. We are in this one and it is called the Ah-RhA-ya Cosmos. This is called the Ah-RhA-ya Cosmos. There is another one, a whole structure just like this literally in the same place but on the complete opposite spin. And it‘s not the AdorA side, it has its own EtorA and AdorA sides right. So there is another system that is linked through the Core that goes with that. So instead of the 72 which turned out to be 72 cells in one Eckasha-Aah, it ended up as twice that. There are 144 cells altogether between the, with the two of them together. They wanted us to know about the other one which is called the Ah-RhI-ya Cosmos because we will have to cross through it in order to complete the transitions that are happening on this Planet. We‘ll actually pass through it in some of the Projections and eventually might even be able to visit it once we get the atomic ability to go, you know to go into Slide. But they wanted us to know about that and that is why they wanted to show us the structure. Next one please, now we get to see why it‘s been a bit rough since 2000. Oops not that one yet. [Track 8 30:00] This is just showing, it‘s breaking them out right. First it‘s showing—I just went through these so I won‘t even go through them again. It‘s just showing you each level of that slowly. So I don‘t even want try to speak that again; it came out right the first time I don‘t want to mess it out so. We‘ll be covering more of this structure because we‘ll going to be learning a lot of things about— this is how you learn to time-hop because once you get the ability you have to know how to use it, where to go, how do you get from where to where, where is where to where even. This helps us understand where to where is so eventually we‘ll know how to plot our courses once we can turn into Light and go someplace else. We‘ll know how to do it and how if we aim for a place that we think we‘d like to go we find out where it is and how to actually get there. Now what we‘re seeing here is where we‘ve got, here is where we are right our little Self down here, here is our Parallel PKA Universe. That has fallen alright, the last piece of that one to go was the Parallel Earth that went in 2003. And where it went is into the Angular Rotation of Particle Spin associated with these where the Domains are actually twisted off the main axis so they‘re not running the Central Vertical Column the same direction anymore. They‘re like little cells that fall out of alignment. And there is our Parallel and this is the Bourgha Matrix here. So if you look at these you can see our Probabilities are rotating through here right. We just passed through, I think there is one that shows it closer, but we just passed through these little inner Probabilities. One is like over here, 2 is here, 3 is here. They were in like ‗double Black Hole Alignment Ville‘. That‘s why the chances were not really good actually to get this far but we have. We‘ve just come into the Probability-4. We will look at that a little bit more closely, but we‘re just finally rotating out of this mess that has been for the last, since 2000 when we first started on Probability number 1. We literally have just rotated through these and we‘re actually moving the Shield through them and I think, I get the feeling that the Aquaferieon Shield had a commission to actually come in into the lowest ones in order to pull out anything still viable, to bring the Host in wherever and rotate back out through them but there was always a chance that we wouldn‘t get out either and there‘s still a chance of that but we are doing really good with that whole process so I wouldn‘t worry about it cause we just cleared this mess. What we have to do though is we‘ve actually been stuck almost like it has been pulling back on us so we haven‘t been able to on the Planetary level, we haven‘t been able to get the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 56 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

BPR up enough to shift to the other ones cause there is a few more shifts that have to be done before we can actually hold that Host for 222 years. Once we get into Probability-6, once we move our into, our, like the Probability-6 of the Milky Way Aquinos M-31 situation, you know Probability, then we will be able to make a direct Hosting Alignment that will hold through what are called the Center Flames that exist in centers of these Clusters. And we talked about those in Kathara 2-3, the—I forget the whole stack of them, Flame of AmOrA‘a, Flame of Andondraea, Flame of—there is a lot of A-flames going up but they were talking about the Center Flame Currents in the centrals. So this is, this line here is showing how these holes link through into the Wesedak and Wesedrak Black Hole Systems over here. So when we talk about the Black Hole at the center of the Milky Way, this is the mess that it‘s connected to. It‘s called the Procyak System, the part of it that‘s in the center of the Milky Way. And yeah there is a Black Hole there and science already showed there was but what they don‘t realize is what it‘s connected to and they‘d be probably scared out of their breeches if they realized right. But it‘s interesting cause our science here, it‘s really primitive, in lots of ways; it‘s advanced in certain ways but very primitive in other ways. It has no idea structure like this exists in the Cosmos, it just has no idea. If you don‘t know that this exists, good luck doing Star Gate Travel. It will be like the stories you see on TV, where oh found this old weird looking ancient thing made of stone with funny symbols on it and a hole in the middle. (Laughing) ‗Wow, what‘s that?‘ And then they figured out ‗It‘s a Star Gate, yeah!‘ Yes, and they even figured out it‘s connected to other Universes, yeah! So behind that, after you get that far, there is the ‗Is there a structure to this network?‘ right. Yes there is and this is the structure behind all of that kind of thing that they‘re trying to show us. So this is the situation we‘re in and we‘re going to begin rotating out of or leaping out of, shift leaping with leap shifting whichever way you want to put it. Next one, please. [Track 8 35:11] Now this is a chart from around 2003 when we were working on part of the Arc Project Reusha-TA Reset, Reusha-TA Pillar Reset stuff we were doing time-leaps. We got through these: these Master Shifts are larger ones. This is where if you notice all they said Earth will leap from Probability, from 6 th Probability Sub-Harmonic to 9th Probability SubHarmonic. These are little leaps within the same Probability Harmonic like 6 th Probability Sub-Harmonic, these are the smaller ones but they‘re in the same what‘s called Round. When you see we‘re shifting from the 1st Probability Main Line right, so we‘re in the 1st Probability Main Line from the start of the cycle to here and then we shifted, began the shift into, the big shift was this one, we went into the 3 rd Probability Main Line. So that was in August 2003, so we actually made that shift. And that‘s the period that we had like personally had weird experiences with like knowing some part of ourselves, some Probable Self kicked the bucket in the wide blue Ionian Sea and that kind of thing. Probably not that wide but boy it looks like when you‘re sitting between Paxos and Anti-Paxos without a boat anymore under you right, it was very strange. But this period, so we moved there and that means we had passed our Consciousness Field and our Shield had moved from the 1st Probability through the 2nd into the 3rd right, kind of leaped through the 2nd without having to accrete all its frequencies and into the 3rd. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 57 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

When we see the structure—there is another structure of relationships between Space-Time Probabilities in what are called Resolute Twin Sets. You‘ll see how in one Round there are certain Main Probabilities that are accreted and in the next Round there are another, there are 4 in each of 3 Rounds and when we leap from, when we do a Master Shift we‘re leaping from 1 Round of Probability set to another one, and that‘s a much bigger leap than just going from one Probability to the next within one set of one Round of Probabilities. Now we‘ll look at that a little bit more in the things to come. Now what we‘re going to do here is we are going to have a 7-year Master Leap Shift from Veca Probability-3—well actually we‘re in 4 at this point, from Probability-4 to Probability-6. So we are going to shift into 6. We are not actually in 3; that was a mis-scribble. But that pertains to the stuff we were talking about before of the literal time-leaps and shifts. They are Probability Shifts: that means shifting from one of those Dominions, Probability Dominions to another one and it is a serious, it is like our Shield would be like an energy ball that moves; it‘s in one of them and then it shifts into the other which means it has to got to pick up speed and it‘s got to shift Angular Rotation of Particle Spin. What this looks like when you‘re walking through it, it‘s not like bang, zoom, wow I stepped through a Gate and I‘m in another one now. You get this interesting flow of continuity with little glitches here and there in it or little weird bleedthroughs of things that are hard to make sense of at first and that kind of stuff like time-leaps, jumps, little weird things like missing time, like extra time, like ‗Wait a minute it should be 4 hours later but I swear my watch is going backward,‘ it‘s like that kind of thing. Or even weird experiences where you‘re walking down the street and you know that that house was not there, but it is. And then a part of you goes, ‗It has always been obviously…oh weird, OK.‘ Or you might see a restaurant that you knew had closed down and went out of business and you knew, you just walked by it right and there it is, it‘s fine; it‘s running and the whole bit. Just weird little glitches that show something is—and you usually go geesh I must be getting Alzheimer‘s or something. It must be my memory or just maybe I‘m having a bad day, or losing my mind or something. But you‘ll have weird little bleed-through experiences like this and they will get more progressive. And you might even have dreams or like visions or even feelings as if say a part of you is dying or you‘re afraid you‘re going to die or something like that because you‘re actually shifting out of a self pattern that you were into another one. And it‘s not that you‘re going to die or part of yourself has died. Now in the case where—sometimes it is actually because in the Probability where we had the boating accident and we were the ones that ended up walking away from it and living and breathing and alright, it was so vivid and for 6 months I kept seeing the other scenario. So a part of me did leave and a part of Az did leave and I think my daughters actually made it and kept going. But it was very, very strange and I had a huge trauma imprint from it for that whole period. It was just like this terror and it wasn‘t the terror of drowning; it was the terror of losing the people you know like losing Az and not being able to find my girls again and that kind of stuff in the middle of this drama. So if you get weird bleed-through stuff, if you get stuff about earthquakes, tidal waves, Earth exploding, all of that kind of stuff that can come up when we‘re doing, especially when you have those Black Hole Probabilities so close and still interfacing with us cause this is still a Fall System. We‘re moving ourselves through and if we can take part of the Earth Body with us that will be good. We are going to get out one way or the other but the Earth Body primarily does not have enough quantum to make all of those shifts. We can hold it temporarily for the Load-Out period.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 58 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So you may be getting just bleed-throughs, hopefully some of them will be positive from the places we are going, but you‘re also be getting the ones that we are leaving behind. So don‘t let those things frighten you. If you realize that when these bleed-throughs start happening that doesn‘t necessarily mean that will happen in your experience right here. And the more you‘re worried about something the more you‘re actually feeding energy into it so you‘re actually putting yourself in that BPR, you‘re aligning yourself with that BPR by trying to run away from it like ―no, no that‘s terrible I can‘t stand it! I‘m worried sick.‖ That‘s where you got to say, ―Hah, am I a child of God or am I a co-creator with God-Source? I‘m going to choose to create better than that because I realize by letting my emotional body fly all over the place like that I‘m actually helping to bring that one into materialization‖. So it‘s a growing up period. But it should go slowly as far as you know it‘s not going to be like the world starts to go crazy tomorrow or anymore crazy than it is. It‘s already pretty crazy in all of these probabilities right but don‘t let those things frighten you to where you wake up inside and you‘re just scared of everything. You have to say ―I‘m not going to be afraid‖. The worst thing is, they always say there is this fear of self that you know things that you fear the most is this fear of self and that is true because it only creates more of itself and it creates more things to be afraid of. So if you can realize that understanding probabilities and we‘re just learning how to do, we‘re beginning how to do and the activations that are taking place progressively you are actually, you‘ve got a safety net at this point where you can just kind of watch it go by and do that kind of like Buddha-like observing thing. OK, that was weird; I wouldn‘t want to be in that probability and I‘m glad I‘m not cause right now I look outside and I know it might be weird outside but it‘s not like that, you know if you see negative ones. But on the other hand if you see positive bleed-throughs cause we‘ll be getting some of those from Median Earth and also from Middle Earth now as well. If we are starting getting some of those they are the ones you actually want to energize and you go ―Oh that‘s nice, I‘m going to take like a five minute fantasy break every day and let myself go and just sit back in my chair in my office when my boss isn‘t looking and I go aah, yeah!‖ and be out there with the beautiful nature and some places have beautiful Crystal Cities that have been literally sung into manifestation, not things hacked up and you know chopped up to make them happen. And just try to find those as well because all of the doors are opening now as we move with these Codes, the Edonic Code Transmission that opens up the Core, it opens up the Aurora Field. That Aurora Continuum is, you can access anything from it so you are going to get frequency bleed-throughs from all of the probabilities and that‘s where it‘s a good thing to learn to just sit back in your head and kind of watch them sometimes and you go ―OK, I‘m not going to react to any of that except the good ones.‖ We‘ll react to the good ones because they‘re good to energize cause that would be nice right. So those kind of things will occur as more of the time-leaps happen. So far they have been subtle and that‘s good as far as—I don‘t know at least for us and it seems like. For most of the people in the group it has been relatively subtle. A bit of missing time here, a bit of ‗Where did those four exists on the highway go?‘ you know those kind of things but it may get more pronounced. So just don‘t let it frighten you. If it does, go ―Ah this is what it looks like to consciously be aware of shifting Probability Fields.‖ We‘re rolling through the fields from one into another. So, next one, please. [Track 8 44:34] Now these didn‘t come out too good as far as the thing we have to print with so I‘ve put little dots on them instead. I had them shaded where you could see the ones that were part of one set. I‘m going to explain this chart and I think I would The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 59 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

like to take just a short break before I go into the next bit because that‘s almost as tongue twisting as it was to do the first bit of showing the graphs involved cause what this one will lead to—it might not be the exact next graph but what this one will lead to is an understanding of those Time Charts a little better where we get looking at the Probabilities in relation to Time Systems and into the charts, your year charts where you‘ve got, you know where you found your rhythms, your birth rhythms and all of that to do with the Regenesis Back-Run. So this starts taking this structure into understanding time a little bit more. Now we‘ve got the octagon. This is the 3 Resolute Twin Sets. A Resolute Twin Set remember is 2 Adjugate Twin Sets. An Adjugate are the ones that are directly across from each other on the same Vector Line. So what it forms, 2 Adjugate Sets together form a Resolute Set which looks like a cross right. And there are specific ones that go together. If the 1, like I call it the 1, 4, 7, 10. It‘s actually the 1 and 7 Adjugate Set and the 4 and 10 Adjugate Set. Now this corresponds with the Accretion Cycles that we‘ll look at when we come back from break. The Accretion Cycles are quite specific cycles. If Probability Round-1 is the 1, 4, 7, 10 right so in Round-1 these are the probabilities we‘re actually accreting. And they‘re called Density Probabilities. Now the next one is over here…. This one, it is the Round-2; it is the 2, 5, 8, 11 Set. So you got 2, 5, 8 and 11 and this one. And each of these—this gets really, really complicated when it gets into which frequency bands, sub-frequency bands, orders of things. That‘s why I want just a little bit of brain space before I have to launch into trying to break that down so you can see it cause there is other charts after this that are a bit complicated like that. So it‘s the 2 nd Round. This one is the 3rd Round. It‘s the 3, 6, 9, 12 Round. And that would be 3, 6, 9 and 12. Now we are in Probability-4 right now. We had come from Probability-3 cause we started at 1, we actually moved up, leaped into 3 right. But now we have shifted into 4 so we moved back. When we were in 3 we were actually in Round-3 and we ended up moving back to Round-1, like a back-fall. So what we need to do is make a leap to 6 and you don‘t…you actually kind of spin the whole set. The way to do this is you have to get to the Core and then open the Round-1 Vector Lines and then open the Vector Lines to the one that you want to go to, the set you want to go to. So it‘s from the center that you can make the shift, it‘s a Resolute Twin Shift or Resolute Shift where it brings the fields together of both of those where the 4 and the 10 will briefly come in just what we‘re going to do here. It will just be for a moment but it‘s enough to pick up the frequency and get the Core Shift in Angular Rotation in Particle Spin. So the 4 and the 10, the 1 and the 7 will come together. And once we‘re in there then we‘ll open the 6 and the 12 and the 3 and the 9 Sets, so they can come together and we can actually shift through and jump. And that‘s not just happening on the personal level—that is for us with our Earth level Aquafereion Shield, that is what the larger Aquafereion Shield is doing in this Galaxy, in this PCM Universe. So we have to keep up with the Host in other words and the BPR was a bit low to make that shift so we‘ve been progressively working to build it up. We were supposed to make the shift I believe they said in December of 2008 and we haven‘t made it yet. And that‘s what we are actually going to accomplish when we leave here by tomorrow morning some time. That shift will be underway. It will be done at the Core and it takes about 3 days for it to spread into the grids. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 60 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So once, I don‘t know what that one is going to look like. It‘s about a 7-year acceleration as far as you know the terms. This wasn‘t supposed to happen until, fully until 20-something, I forget. I have the charts that analyzed all of that too. So we‘ll talk about that too when we get back but I will show you, let me see the next one. I just want to see something. I want to see which one that is cause there might be a little more I can do before it goes heavy. [Track 8 49:42] Oh yeah this one is not too bad. Now the shifts we talk about when we talk about—this was an old diagram that told like, where it started with the 4 Eyugha Cycles and then it showed where they fit in this larger structure of time. How all of these charts, the Time Charts fit in is 1 Time Vector is this many years on the Planetary Cycle, and these are in terms of Earth years OK. They would be different on every Planet because of the cycles, rotations and all that kind of stuff, how you calculate, how time passes on a planet but in our Planet this is what the correspondences of time things are. One Time Vector—but what‘s a Time Vector? A Time Vector is one Vector Line right, would be this long on the Planetary Level. It‘s two Event Horizons. So you‘d have the like 4 and the 10 on the 4-10 Vector Line. That would be one Time Vector. Now this one is 6 Time Vectors equals 1 Time Continuum. So when we have 6 Time Vectors we have 12 Event Horizons. So one of those 12 Sets is actually a Time Continuum and on a Planetary Level here that‘s about the amount of time that one of those takes. So I just wanted to show you that this plugs into this stuff that they‘ve been teaching us about Time before. And then it gets even more interesting. I want to get to a hard one and that‘s where I‘ll say OK, alright. And remember this one; this is like 26,556 years, that‘s how often a Stellar Activation Cycle can happen right that was published in Voyagers long time ago. Next one, please…. Yeah I think that‘s a good place to take a break…just a short one. Yeah, we can leave that up though for fright factor, frightens me….

Mon Lecture [Audio Track 9A 00:08] A‘sha It will be most of the bottom I‘ll need, but we‘ll start there. Not yet, No. We‘ll start there, and then I‘ll bring it down because that‘s where you can see the detail; it‘s on the bottom. Hello, hello, we are back, yeah, back for the nightmare diagram. I had to go out and actually look at it again, and see what does that say. And I didn‘t do it too long ago either, 2 hours ago. Anyway, this diagram will just give a closer look at what is happening here with the black hole systems and our Veca System and our Veca shift. It will help us see how we are going to shift the probabilities and what that looks like. So this is the context that we‘ve seen it in before. I‘ve just blown up the image on that one. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 61 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

When we bring it down here, I am going to show you this area here: this is just the Eckasha, and the Eckasha is this part. So the outer sphere that we‘re seeing here, this is just that small one in there. Hey, we are getting synchronized. Can we bring this up a bit more? This thing here is where…it‘s stuck! This is where this Bourgha Black Hole comes through, so that‘s that arc right there. That‘s part of that circle but you‘re only seeing it in this diagram down here, that part where it interfaces, yeah, right here. So that would be the black hole that would be the same size as our Eckasha because it‘s a whole Ecka-Veca System that fell there. This is our Parallel Eckasha…and this is our Parallel Eckasha System interfacing with it. And this is like the Parallel Milky Way Black Hole System, our PKA Universe. And this is us in the PCM Universe where it is interfacing. Now we look at the probabilities in our Veca System. Hmm, here we go…let‘s say start with… thank you, start with 6, number 6. That‘s the 6th Probability which means over here is the 12 th. They come out at the center so 12, the 12 th Probability and the next one down will be coming out of the center of the next one up. So that‘s how you know where to start the count on them. So that‘s 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and 1. We started in 2000 in this position, right here. So we were in the Probability-1 of our Veca System. And you can see that we are already from the last…what do they call it, stalemate of 220,326 BC when we had the failed Stellar Activation Cycle; we were actually stuck in that probability. Since then, when we finally got through, I can‘t imagine what the Beloveds must have done to actually get it where you could even reach this system with the interface that has here with the black holes. But they did something through the Ecka, through the center which they used to call Inner Earth, which is actually go down through the Core of Earth and pop up in the Ecka System. And from there they were able to reach into this system and activate the Host and everything. This has been going on a long time, as far as the Host being set in the grids in the first place, so something could be done when it came down to the big show-down. The big show-down would be the last cycle. That‘s when the quantum of one or the other was going to win, and that‘s the cycle that we are in. So we started out here in the 1st Probability. And we‘ve progressively done the leap shifts into/ through 2 and into 3; we did a leap. We didn‘t even move through 2; we leaped into 3. And that was that leap from 1 to 3 that I talked about, the Reusha-TA 1st Leap we did, and that took place on August 12th 2003 when we moved into this one. But we‘re still in direct interface with not only the black hole systems here, but this one is so close, they have wormhole networks that run all the way through into the center of our Milky Way, which would be the center-point of the probability ball or cell, right. So we‘ve talked about these things a lot, as far as the black holes in the structure, how they got there, when they got there, all that stuff for ages now, but this is just showing it kind of in a nutshell, of the interfaces that are taking place. So we managed to get from here into 3 in 2003. And then we leaped from 3 into 4. We just did that one in… no actually this was in November 2008—I forgot to put the date in I think—we moved to here, where we are now in the 4th Probability. The 4th Probability has its Adjugate line; it‘s the 4-10 time vector line, and its Adjugate is the 1-7 line. That, because of the 1‘s almost complete compromise, is not a system that we can leap from, that we can pull out of this, pull into the center in what is called a Resolute Twin or a Resolute— how do they go—leap shift or shift leap? Either way, where the 4 of them, the 4 Probabilities pull into the center and are able to go into the Actuality System where from there they can move out of danger‘s way. This has been the idea of the Amenti Host all along was to get as much of the Earth‘s quantum out of this situation, hopefully, where they will be able to put Buffer Fields around the remaining parts of it and actually allow it to grow, through a Host, but through/into its natural Accretion Cycle or Ascension Cycle. That didn‘t happen; the Amenti Host has basically failed and that‘s why we are on the Load-Out System. It means these cells are not going to be able to be reclaimed. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 62 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

And when, I believe…I asked the Beloveds, I said, ―Do all these rotate too?‖ And they said they do but in a different, like a bit slower type of cycle. It‘s more like, in the Spirit Body that these probabilities stay at the interfaces that they‘re in. And then the Light Body Structures that form in and around them actually rotate through them and the Light Body will accrete into it the frequencies or the energy quantum of the Spirit Body Cell. And when it reaches full capacity, then it will shift into the next natural probability in its round, that kind of thing. So there is a progression of the Light Body Structure of collecting, basically its coding from the Spirit Body, and bringing all this Spirit Body energy into a manifest state. And then there is the Starfire state, where it turns the atoms, that it turned its Spirit Body into, back into the Eternal-Life atomic structure and back into Spirit. So there‘s a natural accretion process that occurs with this. And that‘s the part that I‘m really…if I can get through that without tripping over my lips, it will be amazing as I‘m still learning it. A far as this diagram goes, we‘re showing that we just…we moved, we leaped from Probability-1 in 2000 into Probability3 in 2003. And in 2008, we just moved into Probability-4. We are still not in a system that can pick up the Universal Host on this. We need to be in this system. Before, if the Bridge Zone project had worked, all this would have taken much longer to come to a head and we would have been alright riding through. If we got here by 2012, we would have been able to ride through with the Bridge Zone project through, to pick up the Krystal River Host quite far in the future, but the drama came to a head in this time frame instead. So what we need to do, what we are going to be anchoring tonight, because it‘s going to happen in the Milky Way and in M31, these activations are happening. If our Aquafereion Shield wants to pick up and keep the Host, we need to shift up with them, in order to keep up the BPR co-resonance between the larger Host Shield and ours down here. So they are going to release into the grids…they‘ll always release the activations into the grids. But if there is nobody there to anchor them, they will just bounce off and diffuse, and whatever they are aiming for doesn‘t get connected to the Host kind of thing; that‘s how it works. So it is another of those that there is a leap occurring, a shift leap. It is not just moving from 1 probability into the next. It is moving from the 4/10, 7/1 Round which is Round-1 into the 6/12, 9/3 set and that is Round-3. So we‘re literally going to do a leap, and we‘re going to do it by opening the codes here between the 4/10 Vector and the Beloveds will open these to actually make it. It‘ll actually be like a flash where it just goes in really quick and it‘s so fast that I don‘t know if we‘ll experience anything or see anything, immediately. But they will bring the 4/10, 7/1 set together, in a flash, and then bring it into that field. I don‘t have that field marked down here, but the Aurora Continuum that would be around here, bring it into there, and then from there we‘ll be able to go in around and shift and actually come into the center here on the 6/12 Vector Line, and be able to do whatever activations they are going to tell us about in from here. And that will bring us…our BPR up to a point where, when we flash back out after the journey, we‘ll be anchoring the frequency set. We‘ll start the accretion process of the 6 th Probability Dominion. And we have to now not be up to 6, hopefully 6 by 2012. We have to go get this done the whole thing. We would have started this in 2012. It would have gone slower through the course of the Bridge Zone project. But now we have to get this fully accreted by 2012 because then there‘s going to be another set from 6, where 6 and 12… and 3 and 9, do the same flash-thing come together. And that will allow over here, this is where it connects into the Center Flame in the center of the Eckasha where the Host can come through it, can come…it rides through the Hubs directly into the Center Flames in the Ecka Maps that we have talked about before, they are at the center of the system. So each center has a Center Flame. So we‘ll be able to go into these Actually Domains, pick up the frequencies of the codes…related…bring them back out again, and create the accretion process that will allow us to fully then, do another flash-on flash-off and come back out where we can pick up this level of the Host.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 63 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So at 2012…this is where we‘ll shift into the Accretion Cycle on the 12 th Probability Domain. And then, that will ride us through, I believe till—where are we—I think that goes till 2047, yeah. And over here, once we get here and fully accrete this, we‘ll pick up the larger Host on the 11/5 line in the next one up, the Eckasha level. It‘s actually the Eckasha level but it will be from Veca 11/5, we‘ll do another one of those, come in again and pick up the Host-out. 2047 to 2052 is the period when we will be actualizing this. We‘ll be bringing in the frequencies of the 11 and the 5 on the larger Veca set. And then we will start…this will take us into…this is where Fold-1 starts where we have the AquA‘elle ShaLa-3 Host starting, and that‘s where we go into the Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold, and from there the gates would be fully opened to AquA‟elle which is the Eiradonis-Universe, that‘s between here and M31. And after that, we would ride through, and later we‘ll look at the full Load-Out Chart again, the full Load-Out Cycle. So that will take us into the Stage-3. And Stage3 is the period where the Host lasts. And once Stage-3 is finished, then that is when the gates are closed down here. So we got to be out by that period or we end up in a closed system. So I just wanted to show you a little bit more closely that, where we‘ve made this shift from 1 to 3 Probability Dominion, now we‘ve made the shift from 3 into 4, which was a leap. And that‘s why they said that‘s why it‘s been, it‘s felt very unstable in the shield and basically in the world in certain ways. When those shifts happen, it‘s almost like the shield shakes, or your whole shield, personal shield shakes. I do anyway; I get sometimes the shakes from it, when we are making these leap shifts. And this was a smaller one, this to this. It was still a leap from—where we‘re actually going back which is Round-3, and down-step into Round-1. And now we are doing an up-step, which means frequency, more frequency coming in as opposed to frequency dropping down. So this is probably going to be a more intensive one, in some form or another, and we are going to…we will anchor that tonight. And we will be starting the process, because tonight we will actually go into the center. We‘ll go in through this way. We‘ll bring the codes back out and it will take about 3 days they said for them to start processing in the Accretion Cycle, starting on the 6th Probability System. And this is why we will be getting bleed-through, because we are in the transition between Round-1 and Round-3 at this point, from here into here. And there is much more bleed-through; once the Aurora Continuum is open, it allows the bleed-through; the flow between them. So we will be getting some form of bleed-through. Part of the bleed-through is the Orb Fests that have been happening. We‘ll talk more at the end about who and what the orbs are. Sometimes…they are always a ‗who‘ but sometimes they‘re atomic who‘s, like every atom you see actually has a set of orbs with it. But when we see the orbs, there is a certain thing that is actually occurring. And after we get through some of these diagrams, we‘ll go back to the one that we looked at in St. Kitts that talks about the structure of the Sha-LA-a light units that are behind the atoms that actually atoms…we can see atoms here, we can find them with microscopes. But there are these invisible energy structures that are attached to every one of them. And when we start to see the orbs, it means that certain things are happening. Those energy structures that are bringing them into…arrange with the atoms more directly because the Continuums are opening between, sometimes between the Aurora Field. We are going to be opening between the Aurora Field, or the Aurora Continuum and the Matter Continuum here. But there are other times when the same thing, a similar effect can be found when things are being opened between black hole systems accept that it is a different light structure, so we‘ll look at those a little bit. But whenever we get the orbs coming in, some of them…it is funny…like the bigger ones tend to be visitors intentionally coming in, like Guardians to communicate with you and stuff. Sometimes they are visitors coming in from places you don‘t want to talk to visitors from. But when we get this like orb-snow effect, where it‘s like a white-out in some of those photographs that we are getting at the beach, and we had really good ones at St. Kitts as well, and it was like spontaneous. The first one we didn‘t really even know; I don‗t know who started taking pictures. But I started going ‗Oh my goodness we‘re getting orbs! Look at this! Look at this! It‘s all over!‘ And the 2 nd one was also in St. Kitts, and there The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 64 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

was a whole other Orb Fest on the next night, or whatever next night we went out on the beach and did a Round. But that time the Beloveds had told us…they had given us some techniques to start calling in the orbs. And that started to explain a bit who and what the orbs were about. And when we did the one on the Siesta Key beach this time, that was like twice as many, at least twice as many orbs happening. And this is because we opened the next stage. We are opening now the Aurora Continuum which will allow much of that—this particular effect that occurs when the light units behind the atoms start to do something. And this is the process by when they fully do it, it actually takes the atom into light, and takes it into the Aurora Continuum, where it can then go into other places in full Slide. So the closer we get to full biological Slide, the more effects we‘re going to see. We are going to see orbs and probably other things too. I caught something in the yard one night not too long ago, and the…first it looks like smoke and I kind of dubbed it in my brain as ecto or endoplasmic smoke or something. And it is endoplasmic I discovered as, they said it is endoplasmic. And I said, ‗Mm, maybe, right, it is.‘ But first it was swirls and stuff. But then it started to take on dimensional like length and depth and stuff, and then there was this beam of it that swirls around. And then there was like this person thing looking at me kind of going ‗Huh-uh, uh, hi!‘ Oh-oh, I‘m not sure what it was friendly either, but it wasn‘t even in an orb. There were no orbs in that photo but there were streaks of light and swirls and then finally they coagulated into this thing. And it was really interesting when I was taking the photos. I‘d gone out to get a picture of this particular bird that was driving me nuts for a week or 2, where it had this particular call, I think in some cultures they call it the Bird of Death or something, where it has this particular call. And the call was like…I was sitting down on the porch trying to take line with the Beloveds, and after about an hour it just did its screechy thing over and over. And it was right in the tree behind me to the point where I just said, ‗Alright, alright, will you stop it! Shut up! Leave me alone!‘ right. I like birds usually, and it was there for about 8 nights. And finally I decided I‘m going to go out and I‘m going to go find this thing, just to find out, what is it, because I didn‘t know if it was big or small or what it was shaped like. So I went out with the camera and started just like…hoping that the flash would at least catch a silhouette in the tree. It didn‘t but what I first saw was the silver sparkle effect. And I remember that you can get silver sparkles that show only in the flash of a camera. And that gives you an indication that there is some kind of inter-dimensional activity happening like orbs might be present, because every time I‘ve got orb pictures I‘ve seen that in a flash, where I can‘t see the orbs with my eyes. But I can see the sparkles in the flash, and sure enough I looked into the orb pictures. So I remember taking 1 or 2, and then I saw, ‗Ooh, sparkles!‘ alright, so I said, ‗started ok, let‘s forget bird,‘ and just kind of go like this. And you follow the sparkles, right, where if you flash like this, and you don‘t get many sparkles right here, but you can see them over here. So you turn there; you start following them. And my camera has like a little bit of a delay which is frustrating because I just like hold it down and keep going like a video, but I don‘t know how to use that function, but I think it does that function. So I kept just doing these. And that‘s how I got these really bizarre things that were swirling in through the air and stuff. And I suppose some people could look at them and say, ‗Oh, you can get that by smoking a cigarette and swirling it around.‘ Maybe you could! But I didn‘t, and I don‘t think you could get the face one. That was a little bit too much, right? And I was really deciding, since people…especially like the Sovereign KS group stuff, they like to trash anything that we do. And they said that people just made up on Photoshop those orb pictures and stuff from Kitts. It‘s like yeah, right, sure, all, however many that got them, I‘m sure they made them up. No, but so I was thinking I won‘t even show…bring these out until I have something more concrete. But I‘m getting nudged to talk about it because eventually there will be more than just orbs that we start to be able to interface with, with the Aurora Continuum. And we‘ll begin to get more things sometimes, like the cities and cloud effects and those kinds of things, when they bleed-through.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 65 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So I just wanted to let you know a little bit about Orb Fests and why they are important. They have to do with when the Probability Domains hit opening points either with the black hole systems, or with each other, or with the Aurora Continuum Field that would be around here. The negative ones come up when…if we had…even if these are stationary, and I‘m still not certain that these are stationary. I think they probably rotate more slowly or something in the Spirit Body. But when the Light Bodies rotate through them and go from one, to the next, to the next, there is interfaces that spark where/when those balls roll through and spark the one on the other side, whatever the other side it is. And it temporarily opens little peoples in space-time that allows for crossing through of the energy between them. So when we see the orb effect, we are seeing that occur. And sometimes it‘s positive and sometimes it‘s not. When we are working with the Krystic techniques, it will be positive. At some point it would be really nice if people living near each other that are into the work, wanted to, do little gatherings where they do some of the techniques we are being given now, that are literally Calling the Orbs, which means opening the specific lines and having the Elementals come in for co-creation and working with us. And it does need a shooter, a camera shooter, and after you do the techniques and call them in, see what you get because eventually there will be more than orbs, and this ought to be really interesting when that happens. So anyway, this I think explains well enough the shift that we‘re about to move into. It does imply that there will be more of those openings occurring between the fabric of space-time in the different Probability Dominions and also between the Actualities in here. So we‘ll be getting negative stuff coming in still, but not as much, because we‘ll be moving out of range of that. But there‘ll be some of that because we‘re still blended with; there will still be the blend. Because if we all left now and just took the portions of the Earth, most of the portions of the Earth haven‘t accreted enough frequency to even hold the Host. That‘s why the Aquafereion Shield is here to actually bring them through progressively, and kind of nurse it through to the point where it can hold; some of the land masses might be able to hold. So we will still be getting bleed-through from over here, but we‘ll also be getting bleed-through from here. And what‘s nice is, as I‘m looking at this, is that, here is between here and where we‘re going which might make it, where the experiences will be progressively more positive. It looks like it probably is not a bad assessment of the situation, because those hole systems are over here; they still do have the wormhole structures that come in, and they come in right into Earth‘s Core and things, so we‘re not out of the hot water yet, but it should get more positive. And what‘s nice is we can learn to work with the Aurora Continuum and create a network where we can communicate with each other. At some point we are going to need to be able to communicate with each other without having to go to workshops, or call on phones, or use the internet, and where we can just, literally, go into certain platforms of meeting and communicate there. We can pick up say, one person can go on a Tuesday and another can go on a Friday, where you can still pick up a live hologram interface between the 2 of you, so you can have a meeting, both of you, at whichever times. And whole groups can do that, sometimes too. So it would be the beginning of doing the Slide-1 Bilocation projections into the Aurora Continuum. And eventually, when we get to the point of biological Slide, they haven‘t said when this is going to be, but when we can do that, we would actually bring our atoms with us when we did that. It‘s also a space that for some people, some level of them will choose the…it‘s not…they are not going to try to bring the whole atomic structure through; they‘ll just Bhardoah it properly. It‘s also the place where a person could go for a safe Bhardoah. And there are ways later they are going to teach us to help people like family and things, that don‘t want to hear about any of this; where you can just transmit the ability to access those fields so they can go into a safe place, where they can stay with the Host instead of falling off it into the closed system. Ok, next one, please. Wait a minute. Now lift this up, I just want to look at this one—I don‘t want to forget this. This is just showing that we‘re here at 4 now, and that‘s our Adjugate over there, 10, on the 4/10 Vector Line. And the 1/7 is our Resolute Adjugate Set, Resolute Set. We‘re going to be doing…it is a 60 0 clockwise shift into 12/6, because that would be here on this axis: 12/6, 3/9, so we‘re actually going to shift from here over to here, which will shift all of these that The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 66 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

way. So we‘re shifting our Shield actually. We‘re shifting the Aquafereion Shield and the portions of the Net-Earth Shield that are connected to ours, into that next probability, and I think that shows enough of that. Now, they are going to do something with this Ah-RI‟-ah Cosmos. We are in the Ah-RA‟-ah Cosmos, and that‘s the one on this side. There is that one that is our Harmonic Twin that is right in the same place, but the whole thing is completely on opposite spin to where we are. And that one…there is going to be something they do that I‘ll probably find out during the technique tonight, when we go into the center of the Middle Earth, there‘ll be something, some connection to the Ah-RI‘-ah there. It may be that we need to bring the codes of the Ah-RI‘-ah through with us and bring them back out, in order to complete the rest of the things for 2012 and further on from there. So they will let us know a little bit more about that. There is also something here they said: the Staah-LEi-yas Translocation Codes will be used to create Resolute Twin merger and shift 600 clockwise, in the Edon Seat inside of the Actuality Domain. So the Staah-LEi-yas: the Staah-LEiyas are a set of certain codes that are, literally, the Gate Dial-up Codes for the Probability Dominions and for the Actuality Dominions. They‘ve only given us 2, but they are 2 core ones, that will allow for us to go…to open here on that Round, and also the 3-6-9-12 Round. So there are 2 codes, and there is something we do with them in order to open those passages, so we can make the shift in here, and then come out with the coding of the next one. So literally after you leave the workshop, your body is going to be coded. You‘ll probably take 3 days to begin activation of it, where you start to bring in the frequencies of that 6 th Probability instead. So it‘s definitely going to be a time of some kind of change, and a positive one, because it should be a lot higher frequency there than it was in the probability that we‘re leaping from. There‘s more on the Staah-LEi-yas when we get to the end, where we‘re doing the techniques. There are a couple of techniques that we‘re going to do that, some of which you can take home and do them more. The Staah-LEi-yas can also be used at home to do various things and some of which is to charge, well what do they call them, Sa-A-Da? It‘s one of the words that are new, that are in the text, that you have there. When we get to that diagram I‘ll explain. But the Staah-LEi-yas, there are some techniques that have to do with tonight, and then there are techniques that you can take home and progressively play with. And the more you play with them, the more results you will get and the more of the frequencies…that to be able to use them, you will be able to bring home. There will be a time that if we use these well, and they‘re going to give us more of the codes as well, more of the fine-tuning each probability one. They‘ve give us the center codes. But once we get even more of them, we‘ll actually be able to use our hands to bring in balls, orbs and stuff, and to move energy in ways we haven‘t been able to yet. So, this is the beginning of a new level of the technologies again, of the Aqua-Tone technologies, the Hydro-Acoustic technologies coming through. So we‘ll get to those as we progress toward the finality. Next one, please. Yeah, this is where I go ‗Oh God help me!‘ Yeah, right, now as far as finding your leap years, that‘s not too hard. Just find your birthday and keep adding 8 so it gives you your numbers, where as far as your rhythms. And you have this. You can read this small print on your own, because you have a copy of this. This tells…this says a lot actually. Now there is a diagram that will come up that will show that not only, you know how we have the 12, the 12 Probability Main…there is more than 12. But there is 12 Cells; you can see 12 Cells in the diagrams of the Probability Dominions. The probabilities are a 300 rotation between each of them, which means they form like the 12-pointed clock. Then there are, what are called the Octants which are 450 rotation and they correspond to the Time Cycle Charts that we‘ve been using, where we have the 8 different thingies and they are called Octants, the 8 Octants going around. And we‘ve seen them in the Fetal Integration Charts, the charts that show the StarBorn Cycle, the charts that show from the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 67 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

point of Partiki-1 Creation all the way through to birth and all of that. They‘ve been the same things that we‘ve seen in those charts, the same structure. But, now we have names for what those segments are, and the segments are called Octants. And each Octant, which means there‘s a set of lines that run that make 8 areas in a circle. And there‘s also a set of lines that make 12 areas in a circle and they interface in specific ways. And each Octant would represent…if you took the circular…we‘ll look at the Circular Birthday Chart later…if we took the Circular Birthday Chart and you had your 8 divisions in it, and you said ok, that‘s your 1, your 2, your 3, your 4, your 5, your 6, your 7, your 8, and then there‘s a leap year. If you did it again, and again, then you would have these lines going out like this, like you‘d have your 1, your 9, your 17, going out on that. That would be your leap year column on the circular diagram. This one would be the next one coming off from…in the 1 st circle where it was Year-2. There would be 2, 10, 18, 26, 34, 42, all the way like that, and you‘ll see the charts like that. So these correspond to…each one of these is an Octant, which is one of those lines that runs, like a full line of numbers in different frequencies that are accreting during that period, when you put the Probability-12 division and the Octant-8 division together. These are Accretion Cycles where in an accretion…I‘ll discuss Accretion Cycles themselves when we are looking at the chart because it‘s easier to point when we are doing the rounds and stuff like that. But these charts are very helpful. They also tell you let‘s say if in your Octant-1 years, you‘re dealing with inside of a Probability Domain you have what are called potentialities, and they are structured in the same way just like another set of small, 12-set of small ones, and they work the same way as probabilities. But if you had 1 probability, it actually has 12 of the potentialities within each of the probabilities. So this is actually telling you, and it‘s all done by seeing where they interface when you put the 12 and the 8 together in a circle where you see where they interface. So in Octant-1, you would have the potentialities number 1 and 2, half of 2, 2 and a half, 2 one half; it‘s not 2 and a half; it is 2 one half of, right. That is what that means. So this is telling you the potentialities in relation to each of those Octant lines in those Birthday Charts. This is just the beginning of more stuff I can hardly wait to see where they‘re going to go with needing to tell us this much. Maybe they just needed to tell us so that we could get our rhythms, your rhythms for the drumming encodings. But I think there‘s probably a lot to come in workshops to come. But this is the beginning of understanding how the probabilities work in relation to Time Cycles and those kinds of things. Next one, please. Oh this was just showing the diagram that we used to tell you about the, how many Cells that there were the 72 Cells in the Ah-RA‘-ah Cosmos. And this was just showing, and there are 72 Cells in the Harmonic Twin Ah-RI‘-ah Cosmos. So it‘s just showing the 144 Cells Primary Domains and Probability and Actuality both of them, inside ones; it‘s including the count on the inside ones and the outside ones, in 1 Elum-Eiradhona Cosmic Eukatharista Body. And over here you‘ve got 48 Outer Cells. It was before you‘ve got…wait a minute…let me read this…now you have 96 Outer Cells which are the Probability Dominions, and you have 48 Inner Dominions instead of before we had 24 Inner Dominions and 48 Outer Cells, so it‘s 144 total Probability Dominions, Probability/ Actuality Dominions in an Elum-Eiradhona Body. And I wonder if the Cosmos were learning to decipher how many of those there might be. Before it was like ‗And there is one.‘ Where does ‗one‘ stop, right? How big is this? I have no idea. But that was just to point out the connection between that. And here there is a little bit of information here. Can we see this here honey, please? [To Az] ―They said…probably because my hands were sticky when I was doing it, because I was with the glue stick.‖ Adjugate Twins are on opposite Event Horizons, as we know, of the same Vector Line and carry the Number Harmonic of the Adjugate or opposite, and have opposite left-to-right spin. Ok, so that‘s what Adjugate Twin‘s relationship is. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 68 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Harmonic Twins are on the same Event Horizon of the same Vector Line, so the same Event Horizon in the same Vector Line, and carry the same Number Harmonic and have opposite vertical poles, North-South alignment. So this is where, if you start having experiences where you end up you know you‘re in projection and you are seeing something, but you end up popping up upside-down 1st, there‘s a couple of places that can happen even on this side. But if it‘s quite pronounced, it‘s probably that you‘re doing some kind of projection interface with the Ah-RI‘-ah Cosmos as well, because there‘s parts of it that are Harmonic Twins of us and they are right in the same place as us. But they are upside-down compared to us, where if our Kathara Grids ran from the center, I believe we had the 12s in the center where our heads are pointing to the center. And the ones on the outside, when you looked at the Kathara Grids that made the ElumEiradhona, they would have the opposite; they would have the 1s in the center and the 12s outside, so they would be going into Ascension feet 1st. So if you end up with that flip thing, like you went through somewhere and you‘re upsidedown trying to bring yourself back up right, and go what was that? It may be that you‘re interfacing with this system, with the Harmonic Twin System. Next one, please. This is just to remind you of the charts. I‘m not going to go through every part of this because it takes a while to go through this one. But these were the charts we used to explain the basic cycles the Core Creation Sequence. And this is where you get from the 1st Partiki Creation, to 2nd Partiki Creation to going through the…this is the NaVE-Na Cycles, and then going into what are called the SEda Cycles, where the Spirit Body forms. And this is like conception, would be here as far as physical, like in the physical. But it also happens like between stars and stuff like that. But it‘s here if you were looking at in terms of birth, of a baby coming, a new incarnation coming. That would be the conception point. And there are specific times that it takes for these processes to unfold. We get Partiki-1 birth, and Partiki-2 comes in, and that actually starts the spark-of-life thing where it starts Partiki phasing. And that goes into the SEda Cycle where you have the Triad, the Eukatharista, the Reusha-TA and the REisha-TA Bodies of the Spirit Body structure form. And there you get the Big Bang which is the birth of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body. And then we go through the Takeyon Harmonic Key Cycles where the Light Body starts to birth, the Core Light Body starts to birth. And then right here you have the Birth Line: Axis-2 is the Birth Line where things come from inside and pop out into the outside, and this is where the baby would be born. And then we continue with the Takeyon Harmonic Key Cycles which are cycles of accretion of Spark Generation, and progressively bringing more quantum into the physical form, and taking in part of that quantum, is from the Spirit Body. So the Spirit Body downloads a portion of its quantum into the Light Body. And through the Light Body and the Spirit Body put together and form the Atomic Body and expand the Atomic Body. So this is the beginning of what was called an Accretion Cycle. And the Accretion Cycles are the cycles that are being chartered with the Octants and those things that we‘ve talked about that go with the probabilities. So this is just to remind everyone of where it starts, with the 1 st Partiki, and then grows the structures that we‘ve been spending 10 years learning about. Then the Birth Point happens. And here‘s where you start getting the years. If you‘re born here, then this would be Year-1 when you‘re age 0, because here‘s where you turn ‗1‘, the 1st birthday. If you‘re born there, and this is your 1 st birthday, this is Year-1 your 1st year on Planet, but you‘d still be 0 years old. You‘d be months old, not years old. So this is where we start to get the count on what we call the Birthday Charts. And from those circular Birthday Charts is where we get the breakouts on those linear charts that are showing the Octant lines running down with the numbers on them, and all of that. Next one, please. Octants and Probabilities: This is basically showing again the Light Body structure with the Ecka Map of the God World Gates in it. And it‘s showing the Probability Dominions with each of their lines, their Probability Lines. Now here‘s where you can see…if you look at these outer ones, these circles are where the 8s break out. If you are going to take The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 69 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

that cycle that you just saw before, which has…if you are going to draw it, it has 8 lines, not 12, just like 8 points, not 12 points. That would be…you have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, yeah, it started with that one up there. They are actually numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, no, I have to look at the other chart to see how they are numbered to set a number on this. But it‘s showing you the breakdown on the outside circle of the 8. And then there is the breakout of the 12. Now the 8s are at 45 0 to each other; there‘s a 450 arc between them. On the other ones, these would be the Probability Lines that go with the Cells and also go with the Allurean Chambers, these have 300 between them, and there are 12 of them in a 360 0 circle. So there are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, these are not the right numbers, but 6, just counting, 7, 8, 9, 10. I forgot to count the ones that interface. See there are 4 points, I believe, right here where the Octant and the Probability Lines directly interface. Up there; and there‘s the other ones that show the numbers that go with these. One there, that one there, and we have one there. So these are the charts that you can start to tell where, if it‘s, let‘s see. Did I put it there? I did. This would be Octant-1. From…this is the Birth Line, I believe, in that other chart that we saw. That would be where the birth of the physical body happens. Then you have Octant-1; this is called the Diad Cycle. That is the cycle where the Harmonic Keys for what is called the Diad in the Light Body structure start to unload into the Physical Body structure. And in that, this one has probabilities—can‘t even see it from here—9 through 1, I think is this. I can‘t read that. Probability, oh, this is Probability-1 runs to here. But Octant runs all the way down to here. So you have all of Probability-1 in Octant-1, and then you have 12 of Probability-2. So that‘s how those charts are structured where you have all of this, that‘s the Octant. And then you have this probability and 12 of that one. So this is how that information was drawn from these charts, and I just wanted you to see that, with how that works out. Um, next one, please. We‘re going to the next one after that. This is just a really quick reminder on: We talked about the Diad, the Miad, the Monad, and all those Core Light Body structures. We were teaching those for a long time: The Triad, the Diad, the Miad, the Monad, the Amoraea, the Adon, the Edon, and the Aton, and all the different numbers of Partiki involved as the Light Body progressively grows and expands. So that was connected to where you saw, I said Octant-1, the Diad Cycle. That has to do with when this is growing. It starts with the birth of the Diad, and then the accretion of that Diad frequency into the Atomic Body structure. And when that‘s done it would go onto the next cycle, the next Octant, and those kinds of things, so it‘s all a progression. It‘s a very sophisticated system of tracking space-time. And it obviously works because well, they are definitely talking to us and they‘re definitely somewhere else, and they‘re being able to explain where they are and how they are in relation to us. And right now our scientists would have no clue. So it‘s a fascinating system that puts together the structures, the shapes, but also the processes that are involved both spiritually and atomically. Next one, please. Ah, now we can look at the same one, and this was just the breakout that we used to show from the Eckasha-Aah, to the Eckasha-A, to the Eckasha, to the Veca when we were showing the probability breakouts. The same thing applies to the structure of your own self as an entity in space-time, where if you are in your little…if you are your Probable Self down here, you are one of 12 Probable Selves, and they are all born from the same fetal pattern, so it‘s just like 12 versions of you running around out there. And then you have one core version, your Buddha Self. That core version and all those probabilities exist as one of 12 Incarnates, a full Incarnate. When you get to your Soul level, you have 12 full Incarnates each with their 12 Probable Selves, and it builds up this way we would start with here it says…I think I‘ll start at the bottom on this one actually. Honey [to Az], move that up a little, please. Yeah, thank you. It says this one here even though it‘s number 4, because we were coming down to 4: Your Density-1 Incarnate Self with its 12 Probable Selves = 12 Probable Selves with 12 Potentialities. So each of the Probable Selves also has 12 Potentialities, like versions of yourself: This one became a doctor; this one decided to become a lawyer; this one decided to become a beach bum, that kind of thing, right? So you have these The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 70 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

pieces of your consciousness that there is a natural structure that they follow. And it is when there are problems with the Light-Body/Spirit-Body interface structure that you start having problems with your consciousness down here where things are getting blocked out; you don‘t remember yourselves. Because normally when you have the Doors and Windows open, you can actually move your consciousness into the center and experience any one of the reality fields that the other is actually in simultaneously with you, as your own. And you can have an open communication between the Probable Selves. The same thing can happen with the Incarnates. It‘s the Incarnates that tend to be separated by a bit more time. Where one might be in Egypt and like ancient Egypt; one might be in like future Japan, that kind of thing. And you might be somewhere in the middle between them depending on what probabilities you are in, in the Soul group. So I just wanted to show you that these structures that pertain to the structure of the Cosmos also pertain directly to the structure of your Soul, your Spirit, your Over-soul, or your Avatar. When you get to here, ok, let‘s see: This one shows your Density-2 Soul Matrix with its 12 Primary Incarnates: Each Density-2 Soul has 12 Density-1 Incarnates, each with 12 Probable Selves and 12 Potentialities, and it goes up the stack. I haven‘t…I didn‘t have the time to fully do the math. I did a little I did a bit of it here. But it says in Density, you have: 1 Density-5 Rishi, 12 Density-4 Avatars, 144 Density-3 Over-souls, 1,728 Density-2 Souls, 20,736 Density-1 Incarnates, 248,832 Density-1 Probable Selves. I didn‘t even get to Potentialities, like who are you? You‘re big, right? So you‘re like a little spark, a little Probable Spark in the Orb that is you. And progressively, as you integrate those parts of your Identity, all…you know yourselves, as all of those Selves. And you know space-time in a different way, where you can actually perceive it simultaneously and choose to move between which reality field you want to experience as solid, or experience several of them at once as solid, where you know yourself as a being that is all of those beings in physical forms. So the expansion of consciousness that comes with integrating, like Soul Integration, would be integrating your 12 Incarnates. First you have got to do Probability Integration: Integrate your 12 Probable Selves. And what‘s nice about this is fortunately we don‘t have to go out hunting them, and find them and say, ‗Would you integrate with me?‘ What we do is we do certain practices that we are able to pick up the coding that they carry, so we can accrete those frequencies also, and bring that consciousness into ourselves. They could still have their probable existence and that whole thing, if that part of you wants to do that. But you get an encryption; you pull their encryption in, and they could do the same with you, because you are all technically one being when you get to the next level up. And you can move the codes between each other so you can take that next level and make that your growth, make it your own as well, and become it, and then become the next level in the same way without taking any freedom away from your Probable Selves. It‘s like gee, what if my Probable Self doesn‘t want to do Ascension. What if it preferred to do opposite expression? If there‘s a part that did that, that‘s ok; let it, if it wants to do that. But if part of it is Ascending, there‘s always that little ‗Sure you don‘t want to go? Sure you don‗t want to go?‘ happening. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 71 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So you don‘t need to worry about your Probable Selves, even though you‘re one of them which means, there are other versions of you, of all of us, that are sitting in other versions of this room in physicality just like we are, and doing various things. Some of them aren‘t sitting in this room at all; some of them are not interested in these teachings at all, but this part of ourselves are. And as we bring in the encryptions, as we work with the codes and go into the center, we start bringing in the encryptions of all of our Probable Selves first. And then we would start bringing in the Incarnational ones. When you are working with your Probable Selves, you may get flashes of things that involve you as you, like some version of your own Self. When we start doing the Soul Integration ones where we are taking the12 first Incarnates, and bringing them on-line, that encryption on-line. That‘s when you start to get Incarnational memory flashes. A lot of people are actually born with it so they have it already, where you remember being another person in another time completely. You might even remember dying as that person, a death moment when that person‘s consciousness transferred over and you experience yourself as that person. So as you progress, you‘ll progressively bring in more of the memory of Selves that don‘t look like you anymore. They even may be like you. Maybe…for example what if you have yourself here, and one part of you decided you wanted to be human but another decided it wanted to be a dog, another wanted to be a cat, another wanted to be a bird, and to experience different ranges of perceptual things. It‘s kind of like that because when you have your Probable Selves, they are from the same fetal pattern, the same parents, same mother and father, same basic core encryption. So they will look like you; they will be some version of you. They may be fatter, skinnier; they‘ll probably be about the same height, but they will be very similar to you in biology, and also in consciousness, quite similar. But the further you get up into expanding yourself into who you are, integrating these codes, the more you will find aspects of yourself that you wouldn‘t even recognize. If they walked into the door, you would not know that was you, and some of them you might not even like; they might not like you either, you know that kind of thing. It depends on the encryptions. But usually there is a feeling like ‗Umm, weird, and I know that person.‘ I mean you can know persons from other times that aren‘t you, so you get a double whammy, it‘s hard to tell. Are you a ‗me‘? Am I a ‗you‘? Or do we just know each other from another time, when I was a different ‗me‘ and you a different ‗you‘? So there‘s all sorts of subtleties of perception consciousness you‘ll have coming in especially now with the opening of the interior gates in here when we are going into the Edons because that‘s going to allow all of the probabilities to open through the Aurora Continuum, so we‘ll be getting a lot more of that frequency and information coming in. So just be prepared for that and realize oh, whatever that was—I have this great folder; it‘s called Just Weird. Then I have File-13 which is ‗Needs More Information‘—can‘t even…I don‘t know if it‘s weird, I don‘t know if it‘s good or bad or what, but needs more information. So I have these little files in my head that I keep certain types of experiences in because I know that I don‘t know what that is but I‘ll find out eventually. So it‘s like weird‘s good; you just can‘t even describe it; it‘s just weird! Like sometimes you‘ll have spontaneous what are called Sa‘dhis, where you have an appointment in one of the other places and you don‘t realize it with the Beloveds. And they‘ll actually…well you‘ll pull your Self. They don‘t pull you; you pull you from that level of consciousness. And it‘s like if you don‘t lay your body down, it‘s going to lay itself down because you have an appointment that you made, and you might get almost like narcoleptic type symptoms where you want to drop on the floor because your consciousness got busy somewhere else. Usually if it‘s working with the Beloveds, you won‘t get narcolepsy. You know, because they don‘t want you to fall asleep while driving cars, and like walking across the room or anything and get hurt, but usually with that there‘s chemical problems involved too that have to do with biological stuff. But you many get these times when you just get really, really like ‗Why am I tired?‘ And you fight it and fight it but nothing you are doing; eat something, that didn‘t help; drink something, that didn‘t help; do some exercising and that didn‘t help. Then you just go with it if you The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 72 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

can if the Beloveds will work it in a time where it doesn‘t interrupt your day, like you‘re not at work or driving a car or anything like that. But if we‘re going to shift our consciousness and our bodies to another, literally, another reality place at some point, we have got to get used to, at least getting our minds there too. If you feel that; it‘s like a biological recognition that the consciousness wants to move and expand out of the beta-wave focus of the body. Let it do that because eventually you‘ll be able to stay with it, and you‘ll find other levels of perception inside as well. But it takes some time. Because it‘s like you can‘t say, ‗I‘m going to call off work for a week because I‘m going to sleep. I‘m going to put myself in Sa‘dhi for a week to see what I can grow.‘ As far as my consciousness most important it‘s not going to give you time off for that. So it‘s a balancing act between the spaces, between knowing that if you want to move, literally, biologically someplace else, you do have to put a part of your consciousness and attention there until you actually get yourself into enough BPR encryption with that encryption on it, that it does start to manifest itself as a place you experience in your hologram. And eventually we will experience in our hologram the spaces that are on the other side of Slide. And it starts with little things like that ‗3 pm, oh God I‘m going to sleep,‘ right, or the drop in blood sugar thing that happens with a lot of people. That has to do with the bio-rhythms and the connections to the frequencies that are on the planet, some good some bad, so give yourself a little leeway with that. Sometimes if you need to, just go under, go under. Even in workshops it‘s like great, we‘ve got snoring workshops, a lot times, because the hours are so whacky. But it is ok because sometimes people will actually shift up and out of body in sleep. And they are actually picking it up from another level; you‘re still getting the encryption. You just might want to watch the DVD or something to find out what the words were on the 3D to anchor it better if you want to. But it—let the Sa‘dhi thing happen; I‘m being nudged to remind you. We have talked about Sa‘dhi State before where it‘s the Sa‘dhi SA‘ta state and you‘re literally pulling into one of the between states of consciousness; between here and the Middle Domain, the Edon Domain, not the core Middle Domain but the Edon level. And that state will start to deepen and become more available now that the Aurora Continuum is opening, so we can go into the middle states. So let yourself use some of your consciousness, it‘s kind of like ‗I‘m busy now; I‘ve got to go to sleep and put my body down.‘ There were times when we used to live like that all the time; we would go out of body for 6 months! We would put it in climate controlled environment and do certain things with the chakra system so it would maintain. And we would literally shift out-of-body, go put our consciousness in another one, and activate that one for a while. And then put that one asleep and then come back and do the one we are in. It‘s like ‗Sorry honey, I‘m going to be gone for 6 months. I‘m going to go over to Jupiter, you know what I mean? Take good care of the body for me, will you?‘ We actually had experienced/lived…had civilizations that did that on a regular basis, where projection…they project all the time. But sometimes they‘d have to go further distances and for longer. So they would literally want to keep their vessel, so they keep it tidy and leave, and they‘d have another one in other locations, just like having different suits in different states because you‘re going to visit them. So anyway, alright, this is just to show how these structures fit with the Incarnate, the Soul, the Over-soul, the Avatar, and the Rishi level. And all of them have the sets of the Probable Selves, and the probabilities that are different versions of the same basic encryption. And that encryption gets broader as you go up, so you have more variation in what types of body forms, what types of reality fields, and that kind of thing. Next one, please. Oh, here we go! Yah, this is the circular Birthday Chart that I‘ve talked about that actually charts those…from in the core here, you would have that one cycle that I showed before with all the little lines that were showing where we had the NaVE-Na Cycle with the Partiki Cycle. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 73 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Then you‘d have the SEda Cycle. Then you‘d have the Takeyon Cycle, the Light Body grow. Then you have the Birth Point, and that’s Birth Point. And then next this would be the 1st Octant: that would be Birthday Number 1 over here, and that would be Year-1, and that continues all the way up, Birthday Number 2, and before the birthday is the year. You experience the year, and then you come to the birthday of that number, so that‘s how you calculate those. This is the thing that we‘ve translated it into the chart that you are able to calculate your rhythms from your years. Your year rhythms are for the regenesis background. And this would be Octant-1, where you have…if you look at that line on your/that worksheet, you would have Year 1, 9, 17, 25, 33, 41, 49, 57, etc, etc, etc. You add 8, add 8 years to each one. Now this one is the leap year. This is where the 1 st leap, actually, is where you actually have an increase in BPR from/at the Birth Point; that leaps you through into the cycle. It‘s an acceleration period where you actually accrete enough of the codes from both the EtorA and the AdorA side, your Spirit Body and your Light Body to shift into the 1st Density Cycle, and then the next Density Cycle, and then the next Density Cycle, etc. So you have all these leaps, they are Transfiguration Points where you transfigure the atomic structure you had before to its next level up, its next BPR up, so it can enter the next Accretion Cycle. In the Accretion Cycle, the Light Body and Spirit Body structures are manufacturing Harmonic Keys, they are Takeyon Cycles. And they are progressively bringing more quantum into the physical atomic structure. That is how growth occurs in the 1st place; is that process of accretion of the Spirit Body and Light Body turning…combining their energies to form the Atomic Body structure, and you just progress through them. You have Year-1, Year-2, Year-3, Year-4, Year-5, Year6, Year-7, Year-8; then you have another leap, so the 9 th year is the leap year. And that‘s how those charts are structured. So they go 8-across, and then the next one is the beginning of the next cycle. So this is how we came up with those charts, and the Beloveds showed us how those charts work, so we could start working with the actual years. Eventually we are going to learn more about each Octant because there are specific things that happen, and there are a lot of things you can tell. Once we get this base format down, there‘s all sorts of ways to predict certain things, actually, because there tends to be a repeating of patterns within an Octant, as if there was a pattern that was set, or picked up here, an encryption of something that was an event or whatever; it tends to get fired up again and sometimes amplified in the next one of the same, going into the next year in that Octant. I keep wanting to call it a quadrant but its not, it‘s an Octant. So you can…eventually they‘re going to teach us how to use this to look for certain things. Like if you know something happened in say Year-2000, say in September 2000, that‘s when the UIR made the war edict in the bigger drama with the Beloveds and the Krystics here. If you found Year-2000, no that‘s not on this one, if you found Year-2000 and September, and you found its next level out, you get an idea of what patterns are going to come back into manifestation during that next cycle, which are going to fire again. So they haven‘t showed me how to do this yet, but understanding these things are the beginnings of being able to predict those things. They will become very practical tools for us. At some point there is also a translation of these that it breaks them down into minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, so we can figure out: wouldn‘t it be great to know what hour in a day was your leap hour, right? Where you can actually begin really working with your own systems and your Spirit Body systems and where your energy would be the best or would be the lowest, those kinds of things. Or like, what month would be a month to do certain types of things as The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 74 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

opposed to others, because some would have more energy, some would be slower, that kind of thing. So there‘s a lot of things, eventually, will come out of these. This is just the beginning of showing how to start charting and plotting these things and understanding that they come from the actual structure of Probability Dominions and Actuality Dominions that are part of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body structure, within which the Light Body exists as well, and within which all our Matter Body exists too. Next one, please. [To Az] How many do I left? How many are left? Were left? Good! Oh know. Oh, ok. Alright, this is another breakout, to make it easy. And there‘s other things, that eventually, they will tell us about each cycle where we can say, ‗Oh, this stage this happens,‘ it is helpful if you have children. But it is also helpful if you are trying to heal your parental karmic imprint or your own karmic imprint from your past, where certain emotions, certain issues will come up at certain periods in time and we can start learning. So this is showing us base charts that will eventually take us into being able to really do a good reading on ourselves to know how we can best help ourselves with moving forward in Ascension and in creating more joyful life while we are here, as well. So this is just showing you that if you have Year-1 start, that‘s a leap. That‘s the 0 point birth date. The start age is 0 because you have no years yet, 0 years. That‘s 1, it is Octant-1; it‘s actually 0 to 1 would be the age, but you get the idea. It‘s like there‘s a little trick their, that‘s like whatever the year number is, the age is 1 year behind it, just because of the 0 year where it‘s like Year-1 but you‘re actually 0 years old in that. And this begins to show us what we‘re accreting. This is coming from that chart that had the Octants laid out this way. And it had the potentialities, like you have number 1 and 12 of number 2, or whatever. So this is just showing what potentialities are showing, are accreting in that particular age and in that Octant. This whole set here…because they are the same going across, the Octants are the same going across, and they have the same potentialities with them, they would—this part would be the same in every one of these. So these charts just give you an idea. It‘s a simple idea for now; there‘ll be more detail added eventually. But they are just helping you to understand how that circular Birthday Chart, with its Octants, and with its probabilities and their potentialities, what parts of that are coming into your system, into your life, into your hologram, manifesting in you, and through you, and around you, in what periods. There‘s going to be a time…there is a type of fengshui-type stuff based on this where I would love to know that too because it could be taken into those kind of things as far as, there are things assigned to each of those—I can never remember the word…Octants, and there are certain, like characteristics associated with them, certain types of issues that come up or lessons that come up in general in a life. So you can really chart a lot of things and plan for a lot of things once we have those keys. They are just beginning to give us the keys to understanding how to really become conscious co-creators with our own lives, and in our own lives with the rest of our own identity. That was just—I‘m not going to go through every piece of this because these will come up later when there is more detail on it. I just wanted to show you how those charts that go horizontally can be broken down into these. This one especially because we‘ll take this into the planetary level one where we see…you have several pages in your chart packs that are like this, a lot of them with tiny print that I‘m not going to cover. They are just there because I‘ve been trying for ages to get the whole drama since 2000 broken out into basic things; what happened here, what happened here, so we know where we are now. And we finally have that; it‘s in micro print but its set under these, where you have Year-1, it was Year-2000. Then it would list the years going down and what basic action took place in those years in this drama so we understand where we are now. I figured that I would let you guys read that, instead of me trying to read micro print on The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 75 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

here because it would probably take 4 12 hours to read all of that out like this, and discuss it, because I tend to not—I actually don‘t read well because my eyes move too slow. I think my eyes are getting very old at this point. So anyway you have the information there but I will show, I think, the next chart probably is the one that corresponds with the dates so you can at least see the dates. And then they are broken out with detail in the summary that you have of the chronology of the drama. (To Az) Not yet. I may have one more thing to say about that later. Yeah, we‘ll go back to that later because we are going to go back to actually doing it, ok. Do what? Ok, ok. Now this is showing the classic Birthday Chart, the Octant Chart. But it‘s showing it in relation to the larger Starfire Cycle that we have entered. It‘s showing the stages of Starfire where we started over here with the Stage-1 KaLE-Hara and the dates, and it‘s showing where they occurred. We actually…they triggered us. Starfire triggered us into what usually takes…because usually you would get born, you would accrete these cycles. Then you move to the next and you would accrete the ones with here. And then finally at 8 you would get up to here. In your 9 th year you‘d make that leap and transfigure the frequencies from before and come into Density-2. And by the time you are aged 33, if you had no problem with the cycle, it actually worked; it didn‘t have a mutation that was blocking it from fulfilling, you would get to the point where you would hit your KaLE-Hara Cycle. And that‘s where you have accreted all the frequencies in your encryption, in your Spirit-Body/ Light-Body encryption into atomic structure, into atomic expression and transfigured them back into Spirit Body but still growing the body, where you go into the KaLE-Hara. It takes you into a full Ascension Cycle set which you have Stage-1 and Stage-2. Right now we are still in Stage-2 Bharda. We‘ll be in here till 2027. Actually, I don‘t know if I had that date there. I don‘t have it on this one. But the Phase-2, Part A; it‘s called Bharda, and we‘re in the Bharda part now, so we‘re in this band in here. Ok, yeah, this band in here. And then here is called the Ma-Sha part of Stage-2; Stage-2 is called the KaLAKrysta Cycle, so we‘re here. We are moving into here after 2027. This would be 2047 to 2052, and that‘s where we have this Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold-1 that we‘ve briefly talked about before. So you can read a bit about them. It is micro print but it is still on there, where it gives you an idea of what is a Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold, what does that mean. And it‘s also explaining it in terms of the larger Galactic Hosting that is taking place here where our Milky Way Galaxy is being hosted through, into Ascension, through the M31 Andromeda or Aquinos Galaxy that really is our PCM Universe. So it‘s telling you the stages and the times involved. And then we go into Stage-3 and here‘s where the Host ends. This is where the gates close to the Veca System where it becomes a closed falling Veca System. And that‘s the point where everyone has to be out by here, from 2223 years, so it‘s getting one year less every time. So you have a copy of that chart now, and I thank people for helping us with this because I had this in scribbled form for ages and finally some people helped us to type-set it. So thank you out there. Thank you, I appreciate it. Um, next one, please. Yeah, now this one is just showing the years, and it‘s interesting here. It‘s almost like having a double one running. We kept it simple and took it from January of 2000 when the Transcendence Day occurred, and that was when the Stellar Bridge grounded, I believe. But then in May of 2000, there was the anchoring of the Solar Spiral, or something like that. It‘s been a long time since I looked at those. It‘s up there probably. I think I put it, yeah, Stellar Bridge and the Solar Activation which was anchoring of the Solar Spiral thing. And that‘s what triggered the activation of the Templar. So we kept it simple by running it just from January of each year. But it‘s actually…you could run another set of them from May to each year because that would be from this point, when the Templar itself actually fully activated. This is when it initiated, but we kept it simple like this. Which means when we come up to here, where are we? Year-9 is a leap year. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 76 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Year 9 was 2008 so, if we say January to December 2008. But if we look at the one that goes from May to May, we‘re in the middle of the finale of that one now. The May workshop period would end up being the finale of the leap. And it‘s kind of interesting because we are kind of right in the middle of that, and what are we doing? We are doing a big leap! So I just found that interesting because I didn‘t know that was going to be there when I pulled these out; I said, Oh, look at that! Really here! This is also kind of fun when you got it with your birthdays. You can also do it with like anniversaries of things, and that kind of stuff. Like anniversaries as a couple or commemorations of someone who has passed on that you love. There are certain things that you can do on like their leap cycle, that kind of stuff, so there‘s lots of things you can do even with the information that you have now about the leap years. This is tracing the Solar Bhardoah Ring Waves because they were introduced in Tribes and stuff when it happened, when we went into the Solar Bhardoah Cycle, and that‘s…all those dates are in the information you have there in the chronology breakout. But this is just reminding us of when those Ring Waves are coming through just in case it gets weird at any point, and the Sun starts doing weird stuff that our scientists notice and have to say something about publicly. It‘s like it would be interesting to see the correspondences, so it is there. There are lots more that can be filled in for each of these, and there has been, at least in the information that you have there. And that‘s a real summary but at least it is a summary enough to get the gist of what action took place there and where we‘re going as well. And each of these has to do with one of those Accretion Cycles, where we finished part of the Density Probability Accretion Cycles, where we finish one and then shift to the next, and then shift to the next. Here we…let‘s see, and this is where, in here, we‘re getting those leaps that normally would happen later. We‘re going to get one now and that leap shift to…from 1 to Round-3, 3 Probability-6. That one was supposed to happen—where was that? That‘s somewhere down here...wait a minute, I‘m not reading this. I have to sit in front of this to read this, this way. Actually, my eyes don‘t work very good on small type; this is small for my eyeballs, believe it or not. Let‘s see I have to look at this one from a different angle. I understood it when I made it…ok, let‘s see, where are we? Alright, here is Year-10. Alright, now on this one running January to January, sorry, we‘ve got Year-10. That would be here. Solar Ring Wave…leap shift to Round-3, ok…that‘s now, yeah, that‘s this one. I‘m trying to see where that one was supposed to happen. Was this the 7 year? This is the 7 year shift I think. Yeah, this was Leap-7 years early in 4. Now 2009, so this is the leap that was actually going to be up here but that‘s the one that is happening tonight, and the next three days as well. And then the leap: see here. Then the 12-year leap; we are leaping 12 ahead. Here, should be happening in 2024, and that‘s the one that is going to happen in 2012. So we‘re literally leaping through the probabilities to make sure we can get that alignment with…keep the alignment with the Galactic Host, the Load-Out Host. [to Az] Ok…anymore? Yeah, exactly, yeah! What he said is, it should have happened…that tonight‘s leap should be in 2016 but it‘s actually happening tonight. Oh boy, this one! Orbs! Orb alert! I am going to do this one simply; honestly, because I have a feeling technique is coming on. Have a quick break before them too, let‘s see, ok. This is, in Kitts we had Orb Fest. They started to explain to us about the Elemental Kingdoms and what they really are. They have to do with atoms and the formation of atoms. Now atoms, every time we see an atom, if it‘s a natural atom, it is connected to what‘s called the Sha-LA-a light unit, and it‘s actually several different types of energy. I‘ve got breakouts on exactly the types of energy, like what‘s Mana, what‘s Prana, what‘s this, what‘s its quantum, oh brother, and those I haven‘t integrated yet but you really don‘t need to know all The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 77 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

of it. But there is a basic structure of a Sha-LA-a light unit. And a Sha-LA-a light unit creates what‘s called an AhTUm‟as, and that is a natural atom, an atom. Here, this part I believe, is called the Ah-VE-yas. Yup, this top sphere is called 1 Elemental Ah-VE-yas. It‘s an aqua-gel particulate being; it‘s conscious. These 2 are called Shala light particulates. They are the 2 Ah-VA-yas thermo-gel particulate beings. Now these exist basically, in the…sort of the Aurora Continuum; there‘s a part they didn‘t show us diagrams on yet. But there is always this layer; you know how the Aurora Continuum is like a layer that exists between the Inner Core Cells and the outer probabilities. They (Beloveds) are going to give me this live. Wait a minute. Ok, there is actually a part of every atom, ok, cool, part of every atom in every Domain that is connected to that Aurora Continuum. And it actually…the part that you don‘t see of the atom; you see the little thing made of quarks, and that kind of thing under microscopes, electron microscopes. But this part you don‘t see, it‘s huge compared to the atoms. At certain points when we enter the Aurora Continuum, if our bodies are going to enter it; our bodies are made out of atoms. Right now they are made of mutated atoms but we are progressively getting our Ah-TUm‘ capacity back but thus would be our manifest part. And what happens to bring us into that Aurora Continuum fully is these 2 phase together, the 2 Sha-LA-a light particulates: one is positive; actually they both have positive charges. There‘s something they haven‘t told me about this process yet, something actually neutralizes this charge, or reverses the charge on one of them so they can draw together. They draw together into here and then pull together into one orb. And they take the atom with them; they transmute the atom with them into atomic structure, and then they can move into whatever reality system they want to and then re-emerge at whatever the angular rotation of particle spin is for the system they went to. So it allows one to pull out of being phase-locked or fixed into the angular rotation of particle spin in the Domain you are in now and be able to go into others. So literally, we have this behind our atoms; it‘s like actually around and within our atoms are almost like within the centers of these spheres, like as if they were 3-dimensional spheres and the atoms are actually in the center of them but there are parts we don‘t see. But when these start to activate, what we are seeing when we are seeing orbs right now, are these guys; we are seeing bits of the Ah-VE‘-yas aqua-gel particulate beings. And they said we are not seeing these yet; something will happen with those that looks different. They didn‘t say what yet. But what we are seeing right now with the orbs are these; it implies there is an atom but it is an atom that has shifted up so the atomic structure is actually either in the Aurora Continuum or it‘s part of the atoms that are connected to what is called Median-Earth. Now Median-Earth is the one that is at a different angular rotation of particle spin that is the 13 remaining Krystic quantum in the Outer Domain of—I think it‘s in the Outer Domain; I think they said it was. It is around it is in our reality field with us. But it is the place of Ascension Earth, the 1 st place we would go to in order to continue the Ascension up and off planet. So, what will happen progressively, as our bodies or atoms regain the ability to go into Sha-LA-a State, these will come together and form the orb unit. So when we‘re seeing the orbs coming in, we are seeing either portions of our own Elemental Field that are actually transitioning upward or inward, or we are seeing ones coming in from the other side. And the more we move into, where we get more of our atomic structure going into that state, we‘ll actually start to see reality system entrances, or something, opening I have been getting something like that, where actually it moves…it is almost like a fog, and it‘ll become a glittering fog—this is what they are just saying now—become like a glittering fog. And you can almost like push through it a bit and they would move, and they would almost feel like liquidy, like liquid air The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 78 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

bubbles/balls, and you would find another reality field on the other side. This is something that Slide kind of looks like and you would actually be able to walk through. They said you need about 80% Light Quotient, which means 80% of the atoms in your body have to be able to have…to have a store of Mana around them to allow them to be able to do this, it‘s a 80% Sha-LA-a Quotient. And we hit 75% with the FOL workshop, so that was for across the board. That was something that run through the shield that anybody that wanted it, it would jump the Light Quotient to that level. So I don‘t know if they are going to jump us to 80% tonight. If we do we might end up in a fog floating around some place, I don‘t know. Eventually something like that will happen but I‘d be surprised if it was in a large group in a public place, you know what I mean? Because we might get into trouble if we came back, like hijacked by the government and put in as lab rats, or something. So I don‘t imagine that will happen but eventually it will and it has to do with this body; there is a whole body of these. Every atom you have, has one of these connected to it. And this part is in—alright they are saying this now—this part is in that Aurora Continuum. And the part of yourself that is made up of all of these is like a replica of you that is made out of aqua-gel particulate stuff, different type of matter. It is your water body. You literally have a body that feels like…I‘m getting the texture of it in my fingers. It feels like air-water but it has form, it is not just like dripping water in the air but like balls of—they feel wet but your fingers are dry when you take it out. There are some substances on Earth that are like that, where they feel wet but you don‘t have wetness on your hands when you take your fingers out. I forget…we felt something like that somewhere. Yeah, there is some kind of weird silica balls or something that they make for plants that do that. Yeah, it feels silky but not…almost like it‘s wet but there is no wet when you pull your fingers out, kind of feeling. So we have this body and this body is part of what becomes the Jha-DhA Body. Now when we go into our Jha-DhA Body State, we actually pull together these 2, phase them up and take the atomic structure with us. If the atomic structure isn‘t up to 80%, there‘s something that happens at 80% that allows the part that is not transfigured yet, or transmuted yet, to be able to go into a neutral charge state where it can be pulled through by the rest. And at that point you can biologically Slide, fully biologically Slide. Now they are explaining this stuff to me as we go here, ok; so when we phase these…if we got to the point where we got all 80% of our atoms, went into the state, and there‘s something they will teach us how to do, where we can phase them and pull them together and bring them into that Aurora State. We would be going into…we‘ll be taking what we have now is the Ah-VE-yas Body and we have the Shala Light Body and we have our Atomic Body. This would be bringing them altogether, and when you bring them all altogether into that Aurora Continuum State that is called your Jha-DhA Body. Now I remember the cat going into that body, and she‘s the one that gave me the word when she was transitioning. She wasn‘t dead yet; she was still hanging out in the body and saying, ‗I‘m paralyzed, and no, I‘m not going to stick around and deal with this for much longer, because I am having a war with blood clots in my heart at the moment.‘ So she was like ‗I‘m alright, I‘m dying. It‘s going to be a nice one but I want you to watch,‘ and she did. I saw her pull herself out and she was fine. That body was absolutely fine. There was no problem with the legs; she kind of pulled them out like this and kind of went and shook them off like this, ‗yuk, get that dead stuff off me!‘ it didn‘t like that. So there is the ability to do this, both in the Bhardoah process, if your body is kind of not doing what you wanted to at some point and you realize it‘s going to die. We can learn how to do this but you can also build the body up to do it to the point where it can go into Bi-location or it can, after 80% of its atomic structure has reached the ability to phase, which means it‘s gotten out of the mutation and it can go back into that, then it will neutralize the other 20% that hasn‘t been transmuted yet and kind of carry it through in a protective field and at that point you can biologically Slide, and it has to do with the water-body. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 79 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

The water-body is referred to as the Vibrational Body. So right now we have the water-body here; it‘s actually the aquagel water-body. And this is the thermo-gel body that is referred to as the Oscillatory Body. So we have the Vibrational Body and the Oscillatory Body in separate states, and that‘s when atoms are materialized. And when you bring them together, that‘s when they go into the Jha-DhA State forming the Jha-DhA Body which are hyper-dimensional atoms. Ok, that‘s a new word: ‗hyper-dimensional atoms‘ where you actually can go into a state of holding your body. You turn into light but that doesn‘t mean you have to stay in light; you can float around in the Aurora Continuum too, and there are places to go there. They are saying this to me now because I didn‘t know this before. There is solidity in there; there are structures and forms and places to go, just like there are here. But it is a continuum, that there is easy passage through any of the other Probability Dominions, and also passage into the Actuality Dominions. And it is a networking place where people from all spaces and times can actually interact with each other and meet. And it‘s usually a place where…some people refer to them as Time Lords but they hate that, because they are not into the ‗Lord and Master‘ kind of subservient weird stuff that humans tend to do when they think about people that are good at something out there. They like to think of it themselves as Adepts, but it‘s usually the Domain of the Adashi Adepts who populate these areas. They have the ability to move backward and forward in time, in and out of matter, and that kind of thing. And there‘s a particular group of them that are associated with Middle Earth which is in that center Actuality Domain that the gates are now opened to and we‘re beginning to interface with. And these guys are called the Ah-JhUna‟, and they are going to be visiting with us tonight. We are going to meet them in the journey when we go. And they said the word…it is really funny because that was a word that we were given when we just, oh lord, we had to get a companion for an adopted chinchilla that used to be my eldest daughter‘s, and then she moved to Georgia, and I/we ended up with a chinchilla person, little chinchilla guy. And he was very, very lonesome, very telepathic and used to yell at me all the time ‗I want a friend!‘ So we found him a friend and the friend was even more telepathic; on the way back in the car from where we found it, somebody was selling it, and I said, ‗do you have a name?‘ And he says, ‗My name is Ah-JhU-na‘.‘ I said, ‗Ah-JhU-na‘?‘ Ok, oh, what does it mean?‘ Then he says, it is not really an exact translation but it comes out something like ‗gifting wizard‘. Gifting wizard? And I‘m thinking ‗Ooh, like the nice old guy in the Lord of the Rings!‘ Then he said, ‗Well, not exactly but kind of same sentiment.‘ So I kind of found out the magic of what the chinchilla…and he is white too which is really funny, a white chinchilla; becoming a zoo in our House. But the name came through. The same thing happened with/for a boat, the A‘quai boat. It was given to us a couple of weeks before…it means ‗In the way of the Aquari, or the path of the Aquari, or the children of the Aquari,‘ and so there was a new name. And it turns out yeah, it‘s a race, and it was on the charts, and we met them, I think, in the workshop past, or the one before that. So tonight we are going to meet with the Ah-JhU-na‘ and I don‘t know what they look like yet but I feel them, and they feel really neat. So I think there‘s going to be, possibly, some orb activity after we do the calling in part, but before we do the full journey part. So if there‘s going to be any time to take to work with the cameras a bit, it would be when…after we finish the…let me see, I‘m trying to see where we are going to put the…putting your codes in, part, the drum codes in. I‘m going to ask them what sequence that goes in. Ok, alright, they are saying we would 1st do the Bud techniques…the calling, the original calling in of the orbs, the calling in of the Buddhas from FOL. Then we will go into the new technique run that was given. And then before we go into the journey thing, that takes us through into the Aurora Continuum 1 st, and then into the Edon Seat, then we would…right before that, we would do the putting in the codes. And after the codes were put in…say we are doing the calling…I‘m seeing it visually, we are doing the calling, the calling set techniques. And then the drum set techniques. And then we can take a pause for a few minutes and just see if anybody came to the call, came and answered the call; any orbs The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 80 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

present? There‘s only been a few floating around in here so far. We‘ve had some before pictures, there‘s a couple but not too many. And then we will go into the longer technique sequence. I don‘t know how long the 2 journeys combined will be; I don‘t know if they are longer ones or shorter ones. But that…it will be during that period that we will be receiving the activations, that the activation will come in, on line with the Aquafereion Shield on the planet, and that we will begin the shift. And they are going to run me through that 2 nd technique live. That is basically I narrate; I kind of sit there and go ‗Oh, what am I seeing?‘ Ok, they are going…and sometimes the Azara level will just come through and just like, it‘s much easier for me because I kind of sit there and go: ‗Fine, please do!‘ So we are going to do the journeys in that way but I think what I would like to do, because it is like we are going to shift gears now in a minute. You can put the next one up. I just want to see what it is, because there is going to be a wrap up after we finish with the journeys I think, just the map, yeah. When we get to that, after we do the journeys, then I want to talk a little bit about 2012 and about the Mayas and their Mayan Calendar and things, and about what‘s happening in 2012, because there is a very, very—I‘m not sure; I don‘t remember how rare it is—but a rather rare alignment between the Milky Way Black Hole center of the Procyak Black Hole and the Grand Cross alignment stuff with our Solar System. And that is the point where they were going to…the ones from Bourgha Matrix and several other groups of black hole inhabitants were planning to use that alignment to go right from Milky Way Core and latch us on, and drag us in. And that‘s why there has been so much stuff about 2012 End Times and all-of-this thing. And we‘ll talk a little bit more about that after we get through the technique sets and the journeys, and those kinds of things. But I would like to, before we get into the techniques, I would like to take a break because I have to like switch this map, not the map but the graph part off and turn the technique part on. And my brain is like different channels, and I have to shut one off and turn the other on. So I‘m just going to take, again, a short break, and then we will come back and do some action on techniques. [To Az] Do I what? I will need that afterward. I want to use this to talk about the Solomon Shield and stuff after…. (1:36:08)

[Track 10A] A‘sha All righty, here we go. I‘m going to sit here for a minute. My legs are tired. I wonder whether I can sit and point. I lost my pointer. There we are! Yeah, this should be good enough. Crawl all over the screen. It‘s really funny, right at the end of the graph presentation part when I came in the room, before I was on, there was like this electric wave running and it was like my body temperature was high and I could talk a mile a minute, it was like that wave. And then at the end there was this shift to the other wave that is the magnetic one that is the one that we tend to use when we go out the other way. Immediately, I was freezing to death, right, and I got really tired and it‘s like I‘m tripping over my lips kind of thing. It‘s really funny to notice the difference of the waves when they come in, when you get hot flashes and cold flashes. The hot flashes are electrical coming in and the cold flashes are the magnetics coming in. So we just got a magnetic influx right before the break. It felt like it come through the whole Shield. It just like went vooooooomp, right? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 81 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So, I guess we‘re on technique mode now, right? And that‘s usually, there‘s something with the magnetics that they use with the techniques, particularly when we do Journeys. But before we do Journeys, what the sequence they would like to use is they want us to do a bit on the IAMIT Formula first, because there is something in there that if we go through that first and you get that part done, and we just do a short, like a short version, a practice version really. But it‘s not really just ―practice‖, but it‘s…you can do it more intensely at home when you use this particular thing. But we can go through if we do that first, then we can go to the Orb Call parts and bring in the Orbs which basically means call the codes, the Tones, that are opening the Aurora Continuum Gates to here and beginning the process of interfacing with those Ah-VE‟-yas atoms that where our atoms begin to go into the whatever States (laughs). Whatever I am in this State, it is very hard to talk just so you know. That means wave for Shield is coming through for Magnetic-outgoing. Anyway, ok, we will do the IAMIT Formula first because we need to get things that are called, let me look at these again. We have what are called Ah-Ras, Sa-Ras and Dha-Ras. The Ah-Ras are actual symbol encryptions, composite symbol encryptions. The Sa-Ras are tonal encryptions and the Dha-Ras are movement encryptions. And there‘s…using this formula there‘s a point when you find these. First you decide on a thing you‘d like to materialize. And for this one keep it simple, like not heavy, major stuff where you know there‘s a lot of blockages around like financial issues or romantic issues or whatever. Keep it something simple at first, but it needs to be something not just like, ―Oh, I‘m going to manifest a feather just to see that I can,‖ right, that kind of thing. That‘s all right but if it doesn‘t have a genuine emotion behind it, you‘ll have a hard time actually having it work very well, because the emotion actually adds charge. It needs to be something that you care about and that you would like to have, like a ―thing‖ or a circumstance, or an event, or an experience, right. And so it starts with a desire. And this part, when we go to the IAM Formula, one is ―identify‖—―Identify your desired materialization.‖ When you get into doing this in a more complex way at home where you really want to start sorting your life out and start maybe materializing things a lot differently than they are, sometimes it‘s easier to know what you don’t want. You can look around you and say, ―Well, I don‘t want that condition. I don‘t want that thing. I don‘t want that condition.‖ It‘s easier to find what you don‘t, you‘re not enjoying your life than actually to think of what the better antidote to it would be. So you can use journaling to just kind of talk it out with yourself and with the Beloveds or you can use what‘s called Oppositional Analysis, where you first do lists. First you make a list of the conditions and the things in your life that you really don‘t like, right, that you really want to be different than they are. And then you take another sheet of paper, put it right next to it, and for each item that you made, had a negative for, create the positive alternative; find that positive alternative. Say if you‘re in a job that does not pay enough, right, ―I would like a job with more money,‖ right, ―that pays me more money.‖ Or maybe you have a job that‘s nice, but you can‘t stand your boss, ―I would like to have a job, even this job, with a nicer, with a boss that I get along with,‖ that kind of thing. You can be very specific and write it out. There is a process by writing and drawing something that actually helps to very much anchor it here. It‘s kind of funny, every house that we‘ve ever moved to or bought, I have actually done the plans for. And even to the point where I put like the aerial view of the house plans and put the furniture pieces that we had in them and that kind of stuff. And they were like manifestation charts or something, right. They weren‘t just practical in the sense that I knew where to tell the movers when they dropped furniture where to drop it, but it actually helped to bring it into being.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 82 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So when we do it, we can do it with words and you can do it with pictures too. You can even do it with pictures, say there‘s things you‘d like to have, where you see, you can look through like if you want a house, you can look through house magazines and cut out little pictures and make a storyboard for yourself. Like even a circular storyboard, or just a nice idea frame, where pictures of things you‘d like to have or have a vibration in them that feels like you had, like ―that feels good to me.‖ Take the time to create these things and it will help you actually fine tune what it is you‘re actually trying to create. You can do it with words in simple ways like the journaling, just like, ―I feel this way and I feel this way‖ and ―Hello Beloveds, anybody up there having any commentary?‖ And you can start getting a nudge. It might be a feel first, right, where you get a direct cognition as opposed to a ―line‖ and try to take down some of, ―Hmm, I feel a little of this coming and a little of that‖. Or, you can do it more direct where you‘re using more of the logical rational mind where you do the Oppositional Analysis or just take down things, a list of things that you really don‘t like and you want to change in your life. And then you can even put it away for a little bit and then like the next day bring out the other piece of paper and put it next to it and look at that from a fresh point of view and say, ―Hm, if I was a Buddha and somebody showed me that, what would I suggest as to be an alternative, an antidote? You find the antidote to that condition you want to fix and you write it down next to it. And then tape the 2 pieces of paper together, right, and it‘s giving you again like a storyboard of encryption of the thing you‘re actually trying to create. Because sometimes you think you want one thing and then it‘s like, ―Well, almost,‖ and it‘s not quite it. If you can create through little techniques like that you can really begin to really identify what exactly it is you‘re trying to create an encryption for. Because this process that we are working with, with the IAMIT Formula is meant to create a literal composite vibrational encryption that will be put into the Vibrational Body, which is that Ah-VE‘-yas part of the…what is that? I forget what the whole one is called, the grounding atom, the ShaLAah Light Unit. It‘s the top ball. So that whole body, every atom you have has its corresponding, those 3 other light structures behind it. It is actually programming into the Vibrational Body very specific encryptions. So when you‘re like looking at say pictures in a magazine that really work for you, right, and you take that picture out, that picture is an encryption, a composite encryption. If you put more pictures around it you‘re building an encryption, all right. So that would be the first part, is to help you identify what you want, start getting it visually, start getting it you know, with journal writing. The next part is number 2, is to align, right. So ―I—identify‖, and 2 is ―align‖. ―Align your chosen desire with the desired,‖ wait. Your chosen desire, the ―w‖ doesn‘t belong before ―your‖ by the way; that was just a typo, a typed missed ―o‖. ―Your chosen desire with the desired mass probability via the Staah-LEi‘-yas space-time coordinate codes.‖ All right, this is where the Staah-LEi‘-yas come in. Now, if you don‘t understand probabilities at all, like most people don‘t, right, and say you want to materialize something and you even have a good idea encryption of how to do that, where is it going to end up? Cause a lot of times you try to manifest stuff and it doesn‘t show up in your reality field. Well, it shows up somewhere, right. It depends actually on what sets of codes are active in your DNA at the time, of whether you‘ll see it or some other Probable Self of yours is going to see it, right. Like boy, I had that nice new house and some one of my Probable Selves is living in it, right (Laughs). ―Hope you‘re happy‖, right (Laughs). What helps to fine tune, again the ability to materialize things where you want them, and that‘s easier than when you want them, all right. We‘ll work on ‗when‘ in a little bit that has to do with the last item called Trust. But, when you align The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 83 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

with the precise Probability coordinates that you are aiming for, the ones that you live in, right, this will help to take that encryption that you‘re forming and put it in the right space-time location. So they‘ve given us the 2 core symbols. We‘ll look at, they‘re up here actually, they‘re these two. These are the, these and these, are the core ones. And what you see around them, they‘re actually what we had used as the Chakra Symbols but pertaining to the chakras that correspond to the probability numbers, right. So they are put in around it. This one they haven‘t given us before yet, because it‘s these two that we‘re going to be using right now. They‘ve given us the coordinates for the 2 continua, what do they call those, I think that‘s the continua, no, the 2 Vectors that we‘re going to be involved in. This one is the one where we‘re in, where we‘re at, number 4, right. So this code in the center will allow the 4 and the 10 Adjugates to come together and the 1 and 7 Adjugates to come together to open the center on that round. And then where we want to go is to the 3-6, 9-12 round-3 probability set. So the other code will open those and then they both open to each other. And there‘s a way to use those codes. These are called the Staah-LEi‘-yas, and they are the Translocation Codes. There‘s a whole bunch of them. Every one of the Probabilities would have one and they‘re composite ones. But these are the center, the Core ones that they‘re starting with. Eventually we‘ll have a library of them. They‘ll teach us how to use them in very interesting ways. They have an interesting feel to them. They look more like pictures than a lot of the other stuff I‘ve seen. They‘re like a combination between some kind of pictograph and angelic writing or something that I‘ve seen so far. But these are the 2 that they‘ve given us to work with for the activations that are taking place tonight, and we can also use these repeatedly in the way that it shows in the step 4 and 5 to begin working with amplifying direct materialization practices. So, we would align, right. So you‘ve ―Identified‖, then you ―Align‖ with the space-time coordinates you want it to go in. Then, “Magnetize”. Magnetize is interesting, and this one is Magnetize. This is where we create an A’-Ras, which is a symbol encryption, a Sa’-Ras, which is a tonal encryption and the Dha-Ras, which is a movement encryption, specifically for the desire you are materializing. So let‘s say you‘ve got your basic idea, you‘ve got a few pictures of say the thing you want to materialize or you‘ve got your oppositional thing you‘ve got figured out where you see the solution to the thing you don‘t like, that kind of thing. Now you‘d literally magnetize the thing to you in your hologram, that means you have to get it to go out first, so then you can draw it back to you; you magnetize it back to you. To create, you can start simple. Tonight, you can start with a symbol in your head kind of thing, right. But first, you would assign a visual symbol of some sort and sometimes it might look like a doodle. It‘s best if you can, to involve your hand with it. It makes a certain connection with the chakras that makes it stronger. So let‘s say if your symbol was a triangle, something simple, right, and you would like to visualize a triangle. ―Ok, this is my desire thingee and I‘m going to put that right on it‖, like imagine a picture in your head. And even if you can‘t see it just imagine the desire thingee like whatever it is and then put that symbol over it in your mind‘s eye. And it does help to kind of go like over it, trace it with the finger in the air, right. Ok, so then you would—now, you can get very elaborate with these if you have an elaborate thing you are, let‘s say an event that you‘re trying to create or a major life shift that you‘re trying to create, you would have a series of them. But like keep them, they don‘t even have to be in a circular pattern but keep them on one page, right, and like series of symbols. Like say, take a week and you‘d make one symbol a day that represents a piece of that larger thing that you‘re trying to make. They can look like doodles. You don‘t have to be able to draw, you can just kind of hatch it out with a pen on paper, but you build up this encryption of forms because all forms have an encryption. And if you‘re feeling them coming right through you and you make, draw the symbols so you create a ―symbol identity‖ from your own symbol library that comes out of your head right, that means that. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 84 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Like if it‘s a house, you could draw a house, some people would be very literal with that, but you don‘t have to. If it‘s like a house you could make it special, let emotion come into it, so there should be some moving lines as well as like straight lines. There should be…a lot of times they break into ―male‖ and ―female‖ but there are curves on males too and there are straight lines on females too technically, so I don‘t really make that division that way as much as some other paradigms do. But you could, the idea is to make first, the symbol, an A‘-Ras symbol. Then, after you make the symbol you could do a Sa‘-Ras, a tonal encryption. Now, if you have just one simple symbol over just one simple desire you can create one simple tone. If you have 20 different symbols over a very complex life shift you are trying to create you could create a tonal song, a Psonn, right. And kind of like, you look at it, you would look at the thing you‘ve created with your eyes and breathe it in and then push it out into your field a bit to feel it, right, then let it sing to you. And put out the intention that it will sing to you and try to feel or hear the tones; sense them. And try to make a note of them even if you hum into a tape recorder or CD thing, whatever they use in this day and age to record sounds usually. So then you would have the tonal encryption as well. And then there is a Dha-Ras, the movement encryption, ok. So, you‘ve got your symbol that your eyes can see, and ideally that your hand wrote down somewhere. You‘ve got your tones that you can hum in your head or you can use your voice to actually make happen, and now you have a movement. It can be a simple little thing like what they call ―mudras‖, where you put 2 fingers together, or where you cross your fingers, or where you cross a toe and nobody can even see you. Or, where you shift the body in a certain angle, or where you just if nobody‘s looking for a moment, get up and do a jumping jack. You can assign any movement to it, right, but you‘re anchoring it in sound, in light, in movement, in action. You are creating a power encryption, all right. And then there is a process by which this will, first you amplify it or you intensify it, and then you let it go, and then you can use a way of actually directly working with this thing you‘ve created. That‘s why we need to talk about this first before we go into the longer technique because there‘s a point where once we get pass the general calling of the, our Orb friends, our Elemental Orb friends, and the Ah-JhU-na‟ will be coming in with them from the Edon Seat and the Adashi Councils that are the Elemental Command Councils there. But we‘ll go right into the steps that involve, once you get that far, and take your symbols that you‘ve created right, that multi-layer encryption, and energize it in a way that will bring it into, literally set it into that ―Water Body‖, the Ah-VE‟-yas set that is the Vibrational Body behind the matter forms that make up your body. And once it is in there, it receives the encryptions that are there that actually go through the cycling, that come back out and form the atoms, the Atomic Structure, and they do that through the Hydro-Acoustic Body that we‘ve talked about before, and how the Pentagonal Flows phase and create sparks that become quarks and atoms and all that kind of stuff. So, we‘re actually beginning to seed like full, complex encryptions directly into the Ah-VE‟-yas Body Vibrational Body and that will expedite the process of Materialization into your hologram. And one of the key parts to this is the alignment part, because a lot of people they visualize and they do that kind of stuff and they get some of what they want, but they don‘t realize how much of it went somewhere else, just because with the genetic mutation that we have our Probability Lines are all twisted up, right. They‘re all interweaving in ways that they actually shouldn‘t be because of the mutation where the alignments, the angular alignment, the angular rotation of particle spin between different Probabilities is actually off because some of them are distorted. And that‘s carried right into our DNA and everything, so we get some of what we want and the rest of it goes to who knows where and it pops up in somebody else in one of our Probable Selves fields, and maybe they didn‘t want that either, right, like you wanted it there but they didn‘t kind of thing. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 85 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So those alignment codes and it starts with the Staah-LEi‟-yas of Translocation. And they are the Dial-Up Codes for specific locations in the Probability Fields. So that is a very important step, is using them. Eventually we‘ll have a whole library of them where we‘ll learn all sorts of ways to play with them and use them. So we‘re beginning to be taught the next level. I have a feeling in the next couple workshops they‘re going to be working more with like, with some of this, as far as helping us to get a grasp of our Materialization abilities, our co-creative Materialization abilities because there‘s a big difference once you start to make things happen, right. Then it starts to take you from that ―I‘m a child of God‖ State into that more expanded ―I Am at One with God Source‖ and ―I Am a Spark of God Source‖ and ―I Am endowed with the Gifts of God Source‖. ―I Am a Creator too‖, right, it‘s a whole different level. It‘s like growing up and becoming your parent‘s buddy instead of saying, ―Can I have this? Can I have that, please? Will you help me with this? Will you help me with that?‖ right? It‘s like a step in growth. Ok, so anyway, that was the “Magnetize”. The A‟-Ras, the Sa‟-Ras and the Dha-Ras encryptions that will create together, they‘re like a layered encryption that creates literally a 3-dimensional encryption form to set directly into the Water Body, the Vibrational Body. Then, the next ―I‖, number 4, is “Intensify”. This is building up the quantum thrust of the activated Sa-A‟-Dha encryption, right. They took the ‗Sa‘, the ‗A‘ and the ‗Dha‘ from the ‗Ras‘ things up above and they call it together the “Sa-A‟-Dha encryption”. So this is where we build up the quantum thrust, the energy behind it all right. By consistently energizing the Sa-A‘-Dha through repetitive use of its Sa‘-Ras, A‘-Ras and Dha-Ras encoding. So that means sometimes if you didn‘t have the symbols around to look and use them, ―Hmm, I‘m just going to visualize it singly, bring it into my fields some more‖ (Ash breathes in). There‘s also some other things we‘re going to learn about how to ―Intensify‖. It might come up in the next workshop, where you can actually use the symbol over the chakras in certain ways to actually do direct induction into the field, into your Light Body Fields, to expedite things. So this is just the beginnings of using these. But something as simple as like just doing Optical Pineal with it, like once a day and then letting it go, great! Don‘t like hyperventilate on it all day and say, ―Oh, I‘m going to make this happen‖, cause the more you do that you‘re actually not doing the last thing; you‘re not trusting. If you over-kill it means you‘re afraid it‘s not going to happen, right? Which means what you are going to manifest is the fear imprint. And that fear imprint is what will happen and then it won‘t happen, because you were afraid of it not happening and you will manifest that it did not, because of the fear imprint, right? So it gets tricky with that kind of stuff. That‘s where disengaging from it and (Ash takes a deep inhale- exhale breath) surrendering and trusting the Cosmic Flow with things. And this is kind of where you surrender for Divine Right Timing and Order too; that‘s the next step. Let‘s go back to Intensify, because even before we get the more detailed things of direct chakra induction into Light Body and things like that we will, there‘s things you can do easily that we can do tonight, while you‘re there, building the quantum thrust by using them repetitively either together or even alone. Cause every time you energize one, it will energize the other 2 because it is a composite code encryption, where they‘re layered together. So, let‘s say you can do the movement. Let‘s say if it‘s just like a certain mudra that you do with your fingers and nobody can notice right, just might like tap the fingers together 3 times. Or, might just stroke a piece of hair once or twice…little movements are just as important as big ones. I mean you can also take all these things into manifestation circles and materialization circles, where you have people dancing, and kind of like the drum circles, right, but even more focused on like where there would be symbols visible and there would be like big materialization parties you can have with this later. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 86 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

But, when you‘re working individually, even small movements are fine. You can use the movements separate, say combine it with the Ah-RA‘-yas, where ok, I will do the top set of Ah-RA‘-yas to energize that, right. Nothing like giving you motivation to do the Ah-RA‘-yas exercises or whatever, right—combine the 2, cause the Ah-RA‘-yas will run it directly into the Axiatonal Lines and Meridian Line systems. So the movement can be numerous things, but it can be as small as just like even tapping your knee once. But that particular movement means that symbol, means that tone, means that desire, right. You make that mental and emotional link: they go together, right? So any one of them, or you can like hum a tone to yourself inside your head. Even just little bursts of energy at it, throughout the day and that kind of thing, and then just after you give it the energy, you kind of let it go. You can also, take a little bit of time or even a lot of time in the day or whatever, if you have a day to do some meditation and you really want to make something happen. You give it a small amount of time; you don‘t want to like wipe yourself out for a week because you‘re going to go back into that ―I‘m afraid it‘s not going to manifest‖ thought form and you‘ll manifest that thought form. So you would take just a little bit of time and imagine it already with you. Say you‘re alone in your room and with whatever it is: imagine if it‘s a house, imagine you‘re in it. Even if you can‘t see it, don‘t know what it looks like, but you can feel, ―Ah, this is home. Oh I feel it.‖ And talk to yourself in your head. Really talk it out, ―Oh, I can feel this. Yeah, oh isn‘t this nice? Boy, I know it must be something like this color‖ even if you can‘t tell the color. If it‘s an item, if it‘s smaller, imagine you‘re holding it. If it‘s a person, like a significant other or something you‘re trying to materialize in your life in a way that‘s good, imagine you can feel them right next to you. Imagine that you can feel that you reach out and hold their hand and feel their hand. And just imagine what it feels like. Is it rough or smooth? Is it a large hand? Is it a small hand? You make it as real as you can emotionally, and this creates a very, very powerful encryption that adds to the rest of the encryptions, right. One of the things that (chuckles) Katie, my walk-out, used to do because we taught her that. In the early days, before she didn‘t have all the reasons, ―Oh, now it makes sense‖. But we had her enact things. If she wanted certain things to happen right, or if she wanted to anchor activations, where she could see—she already had the astral vision turned on and that kind of thing—if she had encountered certain activation encounters in the astral with the Beloveds, they would actually have her stand up and move her physical body in the room through whatever rituals, if it was the hands up against each other or whatever. They also taught her how to communicate with people that way, like physical people that were here but not physically present, how to find them, kind of like go out and find them by feel, by holding an image of them. And you can do this with people who have transitioned as well, even if their bodies aren‘t here, right. But, go out and find them and when you do create the sentiment of whatever you‘d like to communicate and create the communication embrace. There‘s a communication embrace that is very often used by the Guardians, but some others use it too so it‘s not always a Guardian necessarily when you do it. But they did the palms-against-palms thing, and they would start her out where, they would have her stand up in the room wherever she was and she wouldn‘t do it where other people were watching, she‘d do it in the bedroom where nobody could see her and the kids were asleep. And she would just stand there and hold the visual and try to let the frequencies of the communication come in and try to see the person more clearly that…and if it‘s somebody you knew from down here or you know that had a physical body that you know it‘s easier because you can hold the image of them in there, and just feel. You can almost like feel the ―mini-me‖ touching hands up there with them. Then feel it come in, bring the mini-me back and feel that energy come in until you can actually feel them there in the field. You can open lines of communication with people this way. They have to want to too, right. You may get somebody come in and say, ―Uh, they‘re not available right now but I‘ll talk to you‖ The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 87 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

(laughs). It gets really strange when you open the lines. But these are like advanced steps that you can do with these. These fall under the ―Intensifying‖ thing. Like it‘s kind of funny because the ―stand up and enact it‖, enact like what you‘re trying to create, the type of interaction with someone you‘re trying to create up here in your head, you actually enact it down here, it combines the ―Intensify‖ with the ―Magnetize‖, right, with the movement part of the Magnetize so it really anchors it a lot. But you really don‘t want anybody to watch you doing that because you‘re just like standing there doing like (laughs), ―Hi, how are you‖, right, and they might have you rushed off to a Looney Bin. What? Sure! (To A‘zha- who takes the microphone a moment). A‘zha: This area of the technique Ash is talking about was something I got involved with before we met, when I was running little gatherings in England. And one of the ideas I had when I realized it is a lot of people found it difficult to put the object of their worry to one side, to generate the kind of intensification that Ash is talking about. I tried an idea out with 2 or 3 different groups. The majority of people found it useful. I‘m not saying that it guaranteed an outcome, but it helped them to get into an emotionally charged state. What I suggested they did was to begin the process by imagining they‘re holding a baby, a newborn baby. And I haven‘t met a Human yet, I think it‘s called ―Human‖ anyway, that doesn‘t self-generate compassion and a love for the innocent vulnerability that a newborn baby tends to represent. And by focusing just for a little bit on that, as if you are holding this baby, that suddenly it lost its parents, some kind of thing that would get you a bit more juiced up, a bit more involved, ok. And once you‘ve established that, that sense, once you‘ve shifted the worries, the anxieties, the feeling of unworthiness of asking for anything from anybody, that you change the relationship to you holding yourself, and that you pictured yourself that you‘re holding as a newborn idea/ intention, but using the physical trickery and emotional engagement to form a stronger attachment. And then the thing that you‘re going to intend to manifest is something you‘re projecting through the baby that you‘re holding that is you, into its future guaranteed thing, no question, all right. And there‘s a little sequence in there where you can actually, if it feels appropriate to you, if you like what I‘m saying, if it feels it fits you, then it‘s something that shifted people‘s heads and hearts and intention into a different place. And people said that they felt powerful in their efforts to manifest, as a result of the suggestion. And I encouraged them to vary it, move it around according to their personality, according to their circumstances, according to the thing that they wanted to try and manifest, whether for self or other, ok. That‘s all I wanted to add. A‘sha: That‘s a very good idea actually. It‘s almost like acting class, where you have to go and you have to find, draw some life experiences that come from because that role you might have to play you might have to be able to cry and mean it, you know that kind of thing, where it kind of works like that I think. Yeah, that‘s a very good idea for the ―Intensify‖ stage, right. Right? But it has to be true, that‘s the one thing. Like it has to be…(A‘zha speaking low to A‘sha) right, you need to write that down to put it in with the techniques. Yeah, but you need to write it down with the technique. Thank you. Yeah, with any of these steps, you‘re anchoring it through the physical body is very, very useful as far as writing things down, drawing the symbols, whatever. Even sometimes just drawing your symbol, making photocopies of it whenever you feel like it, color it, different colors, right. You can do little things like that as well. Or, you can just have like big dramas in your bedroom all by yourself (laughs), right, and enact it, ―I am here now. Wow!‖ And just like close your eyes and pretend you‘re in that space that you‘re aiming for to create or whatever it is you‘re aiming for. If it‘s a car you want, like pretend you‘re patting it: ―Oh, nice. I love the fenders!‖ you know. Open the door, and like do it with your body right, as if you were doing the actions, ground the action in the atoms in your body. And The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 88 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

again, it‘s best when no one‘s looking unless you‘re doing it with a group of friends who are all going to do it wacky together where it‘s like, ―Ok, hold your vision and let‘s go!‖ But you can really, really build and engage the emotions, the body, the mind, the spirit all at once in creating this. Because the encryption, if you have this thing with ―I can‗t really materialize. Maybe some people can materialize but I can‘t materialize,‖ well you know, that‘s an idea to throw right out the window and say, ―Maybe I felt that way before. Maybe I felt that way before.‖ Some people get stuck in things like, ―Well, I still can‘t see nothing; I can‘t see anything at all. I can‘t hear anything. I can see but I can‘t hear,‖ yeah, or like, ―I don‘t have that kind of power.‖ Yeah, you do. What are you using it to manifest right now? What are you using it to create right now? We got a lot of help creating stuff we don‘t want on this planet, but it doesn‘t change the fact that we do have the power to create. And we‘ve progressively worked with techniques to get more and more of that natural power on-line with ourselves, but we have to shift the ideas around it. Because the ideas you hold, and here, listen to yourself sometimes, like how you speak to yourself, when you look at something and say, ―Oh, I would like to do that…no, I can‘t have that. Oh, that‘s too expensive,‖ uh, too expensive? Compared to what? Right? If it‘s like a $400 skirt, now I do that to myself, ―Yeah, that‘s too expensive, I don‘t go there‖, you know. ―I like to shop at the Good Will honestly a lot. I think it‘s kind of recycling,‖ right. But, what you tell yourself is, it is a filter over what you are trying to create. And it is a filter that your Materialization power is going to move through. And if the filter said, ―Oh, I‘d really, really like to have that, but I know better, I never get anything or win anything. I never get what I really want,‖ right, you need to move that filter by recognizing that is a filter of words, of sound, of vibrations that are going into the Water Body and creating their out-picture through the process of the Hydro-Acoustic Body. So it‘s about affirmations, of proper affirmations. Also, another thing that doesn‘t work really well is if you say, if you‘re like say 100 lbs overweight and it‘s really bugging you, you really want to shift it, but you‘re going, ―I am thin and gorgeous right now. I am thin and gorgeous.‖ Or, if you‘re broke and you really want to have money, ―I am rich right now. I have plenty of abundance.‖ Yeah, there has to…can I finish? There has to be a connection between what is perceived and experienced as real, and where you want to go, or the emotional body will bounce it as BS, right. It‘ll say, ―Yeah, right, wishful thinking,‖ right, your emotional body will just not register it. So if you say something like, ―I am creating now the condition of abundance. I am creating now the condition of health and thinness and comfort in my body. I am creating now,‖ right. It‘s different than saying, ―I am this‖ when the body‘s going, ―Yeah, right.‖ Within of what that does is take away the negative charge that is actually going to be registered in the encryption from the fact that a part of your observational apparatus called your atoms knows this is not a fact of reality. This is where a lot of the New Age movement went wrong, where it‘s all like ―Let‘s go dance with the fairies and pretend there‘s nothing wrong in the world, everything‘s perfect, everything‘s fine, we‘re living in a perfect world.‖ Yeah, we are living in a perfect world, but it is not ideal if you‘re honoring Krystic potentials and really hoping for nice people to live with and a planet that‘s not being killed and those kind of things. You have to acknowledge the reality. This is why in the larger picture of what we have been teaching it was necessary to first of all bring back the history, to be able to bring back the truth of the present what is actually taking place because the bodies know it; the sub-conscious mind knows it; the Spirit Body knows it. And as long as the ego denies it the ego is going to remain separate from the rest of its systems and its Consciousness. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 89 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So this is why we had to unravel this very long and complex story of things, but we also gave the progressive solutions to it. So, the light-love and clueless space tends to have you, ―Oh, don‘t think any negative thoughts. Put all that away.‖ Negative thoughts are good for observing. If you find one, go ahead and put it up there on a shelf and look at it. Say, ―Hm, I will choose a different thought‖. But don‘t just try to bury it and make it go away or you‘ll have a graveyard full of them and eventually they‘ll come up in your encryption and really create some interesting messes out in your life, right. So, denial is one great way to block your Materialization power all right. You need to face the realities of what are there and sometimes you need to, if you actually face them and you‘re used to just putting them aside so you still move forward, they may come up and they may need to process out. You may need to cry. You may need to punch a pillow, preferably not a person or walls with your hands, those kind of things, but let some of that out. Use some of the techniques. What technique 2…do you remember Technique 2 from one of the Slider‘s ones? Where we do the sounds and the Voice one? You know the Voice? That is great for clearing. It really is. So is drumming. Drumming creates…there‘s actually healing circles in some of the other places—there might even be some on earth— but in some of the other places where there are literally drummers that get up and dancers, the stompers right, they go circle around persons, and put like a person who is sick or something in the middle and they will do the drumming around them. And it does a cleansing thing, it goes right into the Vibrational Body, and it can harmonize. It‘s the right, proper beats that are healing and soothing. It can seriously help to clear illnesses. It can help to clear the mind, the spirit, and the body as well. There are ones who tone and they can even heal bones with just simply knowing the tones to sing at—that‘s another vibrational thing. You can actually heal bones and things like that from the Vibrational Body level. But it takes talent and practice to learn how to do those things. And the Beloveds will work with you individually if you‘re interested in that kind of thing. Like you know, say, ―Hey Bhendi, hey ZionA, hey whoever,‖ anyone of you guys will do cause you all know how to do it, ―help me learn how to do this skill‖ if there‘s a skill you want to develop. But the biggest thing is you need to get out of your own way, cause there are some people who just say, ―I can‘t do that. I never see this and I never hear that. I can‘t hear them.‖ Well, they are there and you can hear them. How many times have you said, ―I can‘t hear them‖ compared to how many times you have said, ―I can hear them‖? Or, ―I am coming to hear them now,‖ right, ―I am coming to see them now,‖ right. If you want to meet the Beloveds, you want their presence more real in your life, those kind of things make a big difference. And we really got to shift the mind, the bio-filters of the mind to help our process along. Yup, another one, sure! A‘zha: Just one small but brief thing I wanted to say: this is…while I was trying to grow up a bit, which was just before we met, I begun to sort of recognize that the Beloveds were providing me with insights or paradoxes which I found very interesting more than any book I had read by any channel, which is not to disparage/ criticize those, but they weren‘t doing me any good, is what I‘m saying, me and what I needed to know. And one of the ones that either the Beloveds gave it to me within a paradox or I just sort of figured it out a little bit, and that was I mean what Ash was saying in her own words isn‘t the same as what I‘m about to say, I don‘t think, but we‘re right on the same page I think. And that‘s this, one aspect, and this is not the key to manifestation in its entirety, one aspect of it though is this: if you hate, reject, resent, won’t accept, do not like or anything about any part or your current circumstances that you yourself have created, you‘re improved beyond your years. You have to accept the fact that you‘ve created the situation that you‘ve been experiencing first of all, before you can begin to change it. Now, whenever I tried to talk about this in England people saw the paradox but couldn‘t get their head around it very well. And only a few people would want to The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 90 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

talk over the coffee or whenever else later about that part of it, because well, because of the sub-conscious stuff that Ash is referring to, and just in my experience I‘m making my experience more explicit, where people tended to have an attachment that sometimes ran very much more deeply: the unworthy pattern, for example, I mean it can stretch back flipping eons for some people, and kicking that know it‘s some major miasm. But it is possible, because you first of all have to accept the fact that, that is a part of you that you‘re now ready to live without, or grow beyond, or whatever you want to do. But you can‘t make any progress without you accept that fundamental reality, because no one has done anything to you, no one on the outside. You just happen to have acquired a whole bunch of things that have put you in the position of choices that yeah well, I‘ll let this put this part of my life this kind of way around, and at a certain point or certain points I give myself an opportunity to make different choices: I like to change it and have other experiences or something in the same life span in the 3d sense. And it‘s only by having a healthier relationship with that kind of thing do you really give yourself a chance to manifest anything new at all. That‘s all. A‘sha: I agree with that too, and it brings up a very interesting paradox itself, right…ships in bottles…yes, we are creating this. We‘re not doing it consciously; we‘re doing it unconsciously. Our fields are part this. But, we are also a part of a mass probability field, and there is a difference there. It‘s not that you go ―blame the masses for my mess‖ that kind of thing. We‘re all in a mess down here. And it was partially because we got out of touch with the fact that ―IAMIT‖, in other words, ―I did that, I created that. I am that. That‘s a part of me I‘m looking at over there. Ok, let‘s change that,‖ cause if you don‘t recognize you made it you won‘t recognize you have the power to change it. But there‘s also the mass factor, as far as mass beliefs and mass holograph fields and we are existing in one. And that one has some very, very rigid filters on it. It has the NET screens and all sorts of things and there were harmful things done here. One of the hardest things is to say if a person was raped when they were 4 and it terrorized them for the rest of their lives right, it‘s very hard for a person like that to uh say, ―I created that,‖ because then you get where the Victim‘s actually blaming themselves and that‘s a double whammy. That is also a pattern that does not work and it is not true. There is a co-creative aspect to this. I have created part of this, but I did not create all of it because I‘m in a mass hologram, so others have contributed to this creation; it is a collective creation. And that‘s where, if somebody has done something harmful to you, and you‘re supposed to go say, ―Oh, well I made that happen, I did that.‖ That‘s nonsense actually. It might be your hologram, there‘s something in your hologram that you have an encryption for that to happen, right, you draw it to you; it might be that in a different lifetime and it‘s bleeding through this one, you had something happen. Either you actually did a certain act to someone else or someone did it to you back then and it‘s still stuck as an encryption in your Vibrational Body where it will keep going into out-picture. But, it doesn‘t change the fact that if you‘ve been attacked or victimized or something like that, that you did not do that on purpose. You are not to blame for that. But getting over the blame issue is really important. It‘s important not to blame yourself; but it is also not to blame the object of the hostility towards you. That‘s kind of where the ―forgive them for they know not what they do‖ thing comes in, and let it go, or you‘ll keep drawing to you the same pattern. There‘s…it‘s a very touchy one cause the things that you were saying, Az, are very true, but… A‘zhs: It‘s very complex.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 91 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

A‘sha: Yes, but it is very complex, yeah but with the part—if you just accept it in the terms that you had described it, it actually denies the, a whole aspect of the person‘s experience so it just, it creates a double-whammy actually on its own. A‘zha: That‘s not what I‘m saying. A‘sha: Yeah, but on it‘s own it does. It has to have that counterpart of recognizing the mass contribution or that you are not in the reality field: a person is an island unto himself. A‘zha: Then one thing I realized after you got the microphone, one thing I didn‘t make really clear, right, cause in the beginning I was holding a lot you know, was this: essentially, whatever it is, and I think I may have touched on it. It‘s a bit like ―It‘s going to be ok. I mean, the minimum position is ―It‘s going to be ok,‖ whatever. A‘sha: What‘s got to be ok? A‘zha: Whatever you think isn‘t right that needs fixing, that is hurting you, whatever your choices are…you have to make the best of the circumstance you‘re in before you begin to change it. A‘sha: You have to accept it, but that doesn‘t mean you have to like it. A‘zha: Well, it might be my way, all right. And that we‘re going to be ok. But, if you feel as if you failed over it, like you never have the Beloveds…you have to allow that to be ok, right, you have to release yourself from the ‗you‘ that was having this not being good enough…or qualifying enough, or forgiving enough, or any of the reason… A‘sha- Yeah, blaming yourself is self-destructive and doesn‘t work. Ok. A‘zha: It has be a place that whatever should smell like or looks like or whatever else…it has to be ok before you move on. A‘sha: Yes, you have to make peace with it before you can move away from it, yeah. A‘zha: Not blaming the world. You‘re not blaming yourself…you‘re not blaming anything; it is what it is and if that has to remain, and that‘s how you probably want to resolve it: ‗Well ok, you may not want to choose that, right; you may not want to perpetuate it anymore…but if that‘s your deal right, well, that, maybe now your deal, and that‘s the deal you‘re moving away from, moving away from what‘s in your path… A‘sha: Yeah, ok…. Well, you can do a segment on it in the next workshop if you want to…you‘re a Speaker. I‘m going to go back onto this one now. Yes, there‘s some very good points…I know you do. We‘re going to be having sunrise before long. A‘zah: Makes me think…. A‘sha: It makes all of us think. And that is a tricky one, it really is, like to not blame. If you‘ve been victimized you‘ve got a lot of hurt in there and you‘ve got a lot of anger and the last thing you need is for somebody to tell you: ―Oh well, you manifested that. So go change it,‖ cause you co-created a manifestation in it, but all on your own you didn‘t do it. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 92 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

A‘zha: Well, what if you made a deal, right. What if you made a deal that you have to bow down, which you lovingly accept that with grace you deliver it from a whole bunch of shit that you‗re heavily involved in to keep going, right. If only you can get your head around it, the grace of it, it may just be… A‘sha: Yes, I understand that part where it‘s not ideal, but it might be perfect for the lessons you chose to learn in the life you were in. A‘zha: And that‘s because of a rock; there‘s no way you‘re going to be able to see over it, you know. A‘sha: Yep, I agree. A‘zah- We don‘t see what‘s…. A‘sha: Let‘s save that for the more intense techniques where we get into those issues though because that, that can be overwhelming when you try to deal with that at first and you‘re just starting to try to get your encryption encoded, all right? I would suggest anyway. A‘zha: Let‘s rock on. A‘sha- Let‘s rock on…oi…ok we were on ―Intensify‖ I believe (chuckles, and laughter from group). ―Feel the joy of freedom and release!‖ (Lots of laughter as these are the next words read from the handout) of having your desired thing right with you—yes! A‘zha: Oh I‘m sure that was good. A‘sha: Right. And now we‘re on #5: “Trust”. This is the ―surrender to the‖…not the ‗powers that be‘, right, cause you never know what ―be‘s‖ locally, right, but to the God Source Consciousness Field, to all the things you‘ve learned at this point about the immensity and beauty and magic and structure and order and purpose and intelligence and love and kindness and cooperation that Creation really is about. And it‘s much bigger, that wonderful, amazing, ―Yes, you can actually trust this Cosmos.‖ There is a Source. We are all united and even if a lot of things are going wrong down here, everywhere is not like here. And eventually we will be in a place that is built on the things of beauty. If I can‘t figure out ―how‖ to make this happen right now, I don‘t have to. I have a co-creative friend. You don‘t create anything by yourself. You really don‘t. We all create, but we create with and through the power of God-Source Consciousness Field who gave it to us in the first place, including giving us our individuation. So it is always a cocreation with God-Source, but also with the many other aspects of God-Source Consciousness, the Elemental Kingdoms, the Elemental Fields and all of those amazing entities of consciousness that form the Cosmos that manifest Cosmos Structures. So we are always in co-creation. Realize that even if I can‘t figure it out right now, somebody there knows; somebody of the Kryst knows the way and knows how God Source completely does. So I can ―let that be ok‖ that I don‘t know exactly how to make this happen. I just trust that I can. I will just put the energy into the thing that I really want to create. I will allow room for it to be adjusted or tweaked here and there if maybe I‘m missing some things and it actually would be better if it happened this way a little bit more. But, trust in the co-creative relationship that is always there between Self and God-Source. It is The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 93 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

usually the Self that does not acknowledge that that Source is there and that close. So there is a trust-surrender factor: let this be ok. The serenity prayer helps a lot with that too, right? ―Help me to accept the things I can not change and the courage to change the things I can, and the wisdom to know the difference.‖ That idea is a useful idea, right, because it‘s like, ―Help me to let go of what I really do not have the direct ability to shift right now, for now…maybe some other time I can. Let me know what I can shift right now.‖ And the best one of all is to be able to tell the difference between the two, so I don‘t try to fix a lot of things right now that can‘t be fixed right now. Like if we all wanted to make all of this go away, like this whole Stellar Activations Cycle, the fact that there‘s black holes, the fact that there‘s been wars on this planet since history started here, if we just thought we could go, ―I‘m going to manifest that fix.‖ Well eventually, and if enough people got together, because this is a planet with a large history and a large reality field, you‘d have to have quite a bit of quantum in your field turned on to be able to really influence that in a massive way. But look how we‘ve influenced it already! I mean this is pretty massive. We have managed to anchor the Host here and keep the Gates open, get them back open and functioning. And this is not a huge group of people compared to the amount of people on the planet. But anyway, I‘m just getting nudged that they‘re getting ready for…they want us to move on because we‘re going to be moving into activation time. So anyway, they said we can do a whole workshop on that stuff if we want to,‖ right. I don‘t think I want to (laughs), actually. I‘d rather write a book on it, right. But, it‘s absolute trust in that eternal design. You‘ve seen some of what that Eternal Design is about. You‘ve seen drawings of it. You haven‘t seen what it looks like yet, but when your vision starts turning on and you start getting more of that consciousness in, it is amazing to look at even the tiny, little ELuminEir-adhona Spirit Body that would say, be around…ants don‘t usually have the same structure of them. I was going to say ―ant‖, but say a grain of sand. Certain grains of sand actually do have almost a full spectrum Spirit Body shaped like that. Now, animals and plants have similar ones. They might not have all of the Flows turned on, but they start with the same configuration. If you could see the texture of the light and the sound, and they‘re light, sound and movement; they‘re living and breathing, amazing parts of the consciousness. (55:34) And you have one too when you are one too. And you look into the mirror you don‘t see that, so it‘s like 3D is not really there; it is right there. If you could trust in view of these structures, and trust in the goodness of the Source Consciousness Field, and realize that you are a piece of that pure Source Consciousness Field. Forget all the negative stuff you‘ve picked up on this and that, and about things on this and that in the center of whatever. They are all filters. You can forgive yourself of whatever you think you did wrong. If you can, make amends because that does help. That helps clear patterns so it doesn‘t get stuck in karma: all it has to do is recycle over again through your next light experience of yourself in Ascension or incarnation. And then, if you can make amends. If you can‘t, then you just need to let it go and send the intention of ―I am sorry but I would fix this,‖ if you thought you‘ve done something wrong or something like that. But to really tap into first ―This is a beautiful Source Consciousness Field, and this world was a part of it even though it is falling,‖ Source does not want when worlds like this fall because they‘re not falling away, they are choosing another journey. But they are coming back to the same place which is Source. So Source doesn‘t feel like anything is lost; Source just wishes it does its preference that the joyful way was taken because it is the preference of Source: the joy of peace and happiness than the other one. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 94 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So ‗surrender and entrust‘, not ‗surrender in power‘. But surrender attachment to ‗have to have this, have to have this, have to have this‘ because that just makes it like ‗don‘t have this, don‘t have this‘, which is ‗don‘t have this‘ in the encryption, right? Say ―I know I can co-create this with Source. I am creating this now with Source.‖ You might not have it yet, but ―I am creating it now with Source.‖ And hahhh…(A‘sha exhales) surrender, let it go, and go about your day, and then come back and energize it. These things will really, really help the ability to bring things into your life, the changes in your life that you would like to change and get some conscious control over what direction your life is moving. Now that‘s enough on the IAMIT Formula, and they wanted me to do this before. They would like us to repeat over a few times together as a group the energy in it, right: IAMIT. (Participants repeat). IAMIT! (Participants repeat). IAMIT! (Participants repeat). Woh! IAMIT! (Participants repeat). Got to feel the energy build around that. Yes, you are it! And you are it! And it means your hologram, at least that part of it that‘s yours. And you can, you have created this. It has created through your system, through your energies, not that you said that ―I want that created.‖ Now you‘re getting control over what you can, what you want created, and what you don‘t, right, and you are it. IAMIT, right; you are not saying, ‗You are it,‘ but you are saying, ‗You are it!‘ you are it yourself. So IAMIT, they wanted you to use that sometimes as an affirmation to remind yourself where the power is, right. When you think of God, ‗IAMIT‘, that‘s a hard one for some people, right. And then go on to say you‘re a tiny piece of God. Yes, you‘re a small part; you didn‘t say, ‗I‘m the big one; I am God,‖ and boss people around…. But if you can‘t say, ―IAMIT‖, you don‘t understand your relationship with God-Source Consciousness because you are it, and you are made of it, right. So try that one; you know how to do that. For those of you who want it, you can say, ―God-Source‖, say it with me, ―God-Source‖ (participants repeat). IAMIT. (Participants repeat). IAMIT. (Participants repeat). IAMIT. (Participants repeat). Try to feel that vibration. Try to use that in your aloneness with yourself, when feeling small and tiny and powerlessness, to remind yourself that you are a living, breathing part of the God-Source Consciousness Field. And you have every bit of the ability to create just as the God-Source Consciousness Field has. It‘s not some God the father that‘s going to sit there with a stick and whack you if you are bad and send you to hell if you are not doing what you‘re supposed to be doing. It is a loving Consciousness Field that is neither male nor female, it‘s actually both; it‘s androgynous. It is huge and amazing and absolutely built on love and cooperation. Try to find that place within yourself there that you can have the courage to say to yourself ‗IAMIT‘. It‘s different than saying, ‗I am God,‘ right? It‘s like ‗God, IAMIT!‘ That gives lots of room for lots more God-Selves, right? Right, instead of saying, ‗I am God; I am a piece of God now,‘ that‘s a little bit twee, tiny pathetic too, really. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 95 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

If you put ‗IAMIT, I am one with it. IAMIT‘, one with it, and it, are 2 different things, and that‘s an important distinction to make if you want that shift from a child to an adult in relation to owning your power of Creation. You have to realize that in your life you are the God that is created, all right, and there are many other lives around you in a huge Cosmos around you. And that applies to every aspect of that Cosmos as well. And there is a huge Source Field beyond that that applies to that as well. It‘s the difference. It‘s actually not lowering the playing field by bringing God down; it‘s bringing you up into the space where you are part of that Consciousness Field and you recognize that. And once you actually get that, nothing will ever convince you otherwise again; once you really feel that conviction, you just rose that find. It‘s like oh I remember those booze systems that used to make me feel this way and that way, there‘s such a difference in the peace that you can have. This is part of the Buddhist State, the Bud State, where you can have empathy for the things going on around you. You can know what part that you can affect and what you can change. But what is actually part of someone else‘s hologram that you actually can‘t do much to change and probably you shouldn‘t, there‘s a whole level of lessons to learn when they come and go. But with the raise in consciousness into these spaces, the IAMIT is a very important formula, and even as an affirmation itself it has a shift potential into what‘s called a LTR Power Grid, all right, which is like the Linguistic Template Reprogramming Power Grid that helps to shift certain very, very old patterns in the Vibrational Body and raise them to a higher, more powerful self-empowered level. And it is a self-empowered through co-creative cooperation with GodSource Consciousness Field that is Krystic. Now, let‘s see what we are going to do next? What‘s nice is the other part of this is quite—the 1st part of this quite quick, and then we can do the drumming part. And then there will be a really, really short break just so I can go out and get—they have to give me the coordinates of the journey because there is a journey. 1st as long as, what I would like to do is just like take a few minutes here to create those, your, which one is 1st, the A‘Ras which is the symbol encryption. Well 1 st, identify it, right. Identify the thing you would like to drive into, you would like to materialize. At a certain point in the technique that is coming we will do the alignment, or we‘ll take those symbols in a certain way, that you can use them to align with the probability that we are in and the one we are going to. For the ‗Magnetize‘, that is where you do the symbol encryption like where you do the symbol, create the tonal sound that goes with that symbol. And the little movement, or big movement, whichever you prefer that goes with that, and that is called the Sa-A‟-Dha Compound Encryption. And when we get to step-4 up in the technique is in front of this actually, that‘s when we will use these things. Just keep in mind you‘ve got to stick them in a file over here of the 3 of these things together. You kind of inhale and contract them together and let them pop into a sphere that just kind of pulses gently, where the spherical identity has become its own identity now in encryption. Just leave it there and just remember it is there. The ‗Intensifying‘ part you can do when you go home once the workshop is over and stuff. Remember to energize each of any of the pieces of that compound symbol or the entire symbol itself. Remember to put some energy into it and like do visualizations with it. Be with it; do some of the drama with it where you‘re enacting it, or patting a car, feeling nice in it. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 96 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So you do whatever it is, yes you are allowed to have these things even if you don‘t have money right now, imagine, we‘ll work on money. We‘ll do a money workshop eventually because that is another one of those mind-twist storms where the encryptions are so twisted that it is hard to know what to do. But let‘s say, ―Let money not be an issue‖; just kind of say, ―Ok, money is like a tide that ebbs and it flows. It comes and it goes and it comes and it goes.‖ And surrender that to Divine Right Order. But what you‘re doing is creating a space where it can come, right, because you know it is gone if you don‘t have it, right. But you are bringing back the ability for it to come, and then work on creating things that would increase your abundance. Abundance might be in money, but it might be in other richnesses in your life: experiential; it might be love; it might be romance; it might be all sorts of wonderful things that can happen. So leave it at abundance, not just money. And just play with ―Money comes and money goes…‖ whatever I have said before came out where it just flows in and out in other words, you know a poet. Um…‗being it‘ in a different workshop because ‗being it‘ does apply, but you don‘t want to go turn yourself into bills, you know what I mean, like, because it blocks them, yeah…. Yeah, I think that‘s another workshop. You could do a whole workshop on that one (referring to A‘zha). It would help a lot of us actually, right. Yes, so this is the beginning of learning to really focus your Materializations. Now, and then there is the trust, the surrender part. So as long as you have your little—I keep forgetting that word, the Sa-A‘-Dha, the Sa-A‘-Dha Compound Encryption, just keep it in a little sphere hanging somewhere, don‘t have to be here, somewhere in your field. And there is a point in that step-4 where we‘ll bring it back, and then kind of pull it apart again where you let the symbol come down, do something with your hands. You pick up the codes so you can align them where you want. And you can use your tone and your little movement added to it in a physical gesture right there. And then there is an inhale, and just send it through the Kara-nA‘dis that allows it to go into the Vibrational Body. So, but before you do that, once you have the Seed, you can call it the Materialization Seed created, you can then begin the Calling Sequences. The Calling Sequences start with, and this is where you‘re actually asking for the Elemental Consciousness of the Cosmos to come and co-create with you. You have the right to ask that. You‘re not ordering them to; you are inviting them to, and that is what Elementals do; that is what elemental like hydrogen and oxygen atoms and things, that‘s what they do. They come together to fill out patterns that create a set. And they themselves are creators, and they form patterns on their own. It is inviting the Elementals of the Cosmos and the ones your own field generates. Your own, if it is we talked about that we are Atomic Generators; actually our fields are Atomic Generators, we‘ll actually generate the Atomic Consciousness. But it‘ll also combine with the mass Holographic Field, the Planetary Holographic Field. So we have bits of all of it in there in order to see it in the full spectrum field with that which is just simply the Seed you have. So it‘s part-you, it‘s much, all of it is God-Source, and it‘s also part of the co-creative hologram around you. And once—wait a minute. They are saying something: incoming. We‘ve got incoming, right. I hope it is incoming or something. Sometimes when we get incoming, it‘s like ―Uh, it‘s not a duck though! Is it a duck? No, it‘s not a duck.‖ Yeah I know I‘ve done those. I remember there was a time when I was like quacking on end (makes quacking sound). Anyway, I think it is time to begin the technique, and it‘s really quite simple. It‘s very short; compared to many, it‘s very short.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 97 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Um, if you would darling, would you do this one (referring to A‘zha)? We have to do the Calling ones. The Calling ones are short. It‘s, all right, we‘re only doing this part, alright. So it comes, first you do this. See, you have to do this one 3 times. That‘s the one…. It‘s page 3. That‘s the front one; that‘s the back of the sheet, right. A‘zha: So that‘s left…right? A‘sha: Yeah, which would be this repeat over there, right? But actually they have to do the prep on this too. See the prep? A‘zha: I‘m doing it now, anyway. A‘sha. Yeah, so they‘re getting it. We‘re not doing this part; there is only ‗A‘ to go, the easy one, and then the Elemental Orb. That‘s great, and that‘s that, see how you go. Then we go into this: so for the Ah-JhU-na‘, you are doing the MaSha-Yah with Linguistics, yeah, yes the E-Dha-ro we call them…where it is opening the— A‘zha: And then this? A‘sha: Yes, yeah, you can read it if you like 1 st…. Well do these 3 times. Yeah, read this. And then they can just breathe. When that happens, these are going in. Then remember these are called Staah-LEi‘-yas. The Staah-LEi‘-yas are the 2 codes that are on the back of this chart, right? Yeah, then here is where you pick them up, and here is where you pick the codes up, right there. Yeah, so you might want to get moving through or just to like dash through them, yes, going through them really. A‘zha: So what happens? And then is there anything else at the end of this? No, I don‘t need that chart…I‘m actually running these…. Ok, I‘ll pop them after you…. (1:12:59) [Track 10B] – needs fact-checking] Um, if you haven‘t already taken three Krystar breaths would you please do that now? OK. Now move into part A – activating – well this is all about activating your Jha-DA body for Aurora continuum entry. So begin by calling in your cloister – that‘s the 6 Buddhas – from FOL 09 – calling your cloister for informal communication, which is what it was about during FOL – the Elemental Orb Call command – which goes: Ah-ShA‘-ah NE‘Ra - O‘cha - Sa !! repeat 3 x OK, now next, call in the Ah-JhU-na‘ E-dO‘-ni Na-Sha-Ya (the ―Gifting Wizards‖), using the ―EDONIC CALL‖ Command to open the Aurora Continuum for the Jha-DhA‘ Body activation. . . which goes something like: DO‘ e‘TU‘ du-en-tA‘ E‘-sha-Mour‘ Ah-DU‘ Oh-A‘-TE-‗yah Co-en-TU‘-jhen HO‘en-Ra HO. BE‘yah Ashj-wen‘ TU‘-en‘ta‘-TA Ah-Jhu-na‘ The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 98 of 111

(3x)

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Now, the way that the next step unfolds pre-supposes that you have prepared the ―IAMIT‖ Formula. So if you haven‘t already done so, would you … since I don‘t want to be indecent about it . . . would you quite quickly formulate a desired materialization. Spend just a couple of minutes aligning with your chosen desire … begin to formulate, at the same time, the way you‘d magnetize this … the way you create the symbol encryption, the tonal encryption, and the movement encryption. If you‘re using your chart pack you might want to make margin notes about what you chose to do on this first occasion, just to remind yourself when you review it later. OK, can we go on now? Alright. Now then, you will need to do two things. The first is that – I‘m not sure if your page number is five – but we‘re talking about the Staah-LEi-yas of Translocation – the new codes, in other words. You‘ll need to be able to get your palms onto those. So just turn that page open on your lap if you can do that without the paper sliding onto the floor. And the next step is to place your palms on top of each of the two Staah-LEi-ya codes … the ―Staah-LEi-yas‖ codes – and with your palms making contact with the two codes (not the one in the middle), [inaudible discussion from audience] … no, these are the two new codes which have been positioned in there. [In response to question from audience] Well, there isn‘t anything new and different about the one in the center. The two new codes that were specifically transmitted are the ones on the left and the right. So with your palms in position, inhale the codes up the arm-cords into the Azur-A, and pull them down into the Karanadis seal (that‘s near the base of the breastbone) . . . this is happening at the top of the inhale. So you‘re coming up into the Azur-A, … and if you‘ve gone ahead too soon without realizing, you should be pulling down then, into the Karanadis seal area at the top of the inhale, and then hold the breath for a moment, as the two codes merge in the Karanadis, releasing an Ah-VA-yas spark. Exhale slowly now, and notice as you exhale, that a new codes called the Sa-A-Da – (the Ah-VA-yas compounded encryption code), emerges in three places on your body. One copy of the Sa-A-Da emerges as a sphere in each palm, and the third then emerges from your Karanadis seal, and expands to surround your entire body. Breathe gently – and this process begins activation of the Transcendental Jha-DhA body. When your light quotient has reached 80% Sha-LA-ea the large Jha-DhA body ―Sa-A-Da Orb” around you will enable you to Slide-2 translocate into the Aurora continuum for space-time travel. Before this, your Sa-A-Da orb will enable you to Slide-1 bi-locate into the transcendental Aurora continuum, for passage into the ―Seat of Edon” – (Cockpit of Co-creation), within the Amenti Middle Earth Actuality Dominion. Continue breathing for several minutes while consciously using each breath to amplify the ―Living Water‖ Hydrolase currents flowing out of your Karanadis Seal and into the 3 Sa-A-Da Orbs. So, to go on now … to utilize the powers of the Staah-LEi-Yas Sa-A-Da to improve conscious direct materialization abilities: Once you have completed the steps we have just done, first use the “IAMIT Formula” to create the A‟-Ras, the Sa‟Ras, and the Dha-Ras.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 99 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So, since you‘ve already done that, place your A-Ras on a paper in front of you, (symbol encryption), send a burst of Living Water from you AzurA down to your palms, spark the Sa-A-Da Orbs there, and then, having done it, cup your palms over the A-Ras symbol and quietly repeat the Sa-Ras tonal encryption, as a gentle rhythmic chant, while using the Dha-Rs movement as you meditatively create it as a new encryption for materialization, within your Ah-VE-yas Vibrational Water Body. So I‘ll just repeat that. Having placed your A-Ras on a paper in front of you, send a burst of living water from your AzurA down to your palms, spark the Sa-A-Da orbs there, then cup your palms over the A-Ras symbol and quietly repeat the Sa-Ras tonal encryption as a gentle rhythmic chant, while using the Dha-Ras movement to meditatively create and/or stimulate your desired materialization as a new encryption for materialization within your Ah-VE-yas Vibrational Water Body. The recommendation is that you periodically, without stating how often, but periodically you use the A-Ras, Sa-Ras and Dha-Ras as brief moments of focus to energize and expedite materialization of your creation. And it goes on to say that, with practice you will find things materializing your way MUCH more often as God-Source, the Universe and the Elemental Command Ah-JhU-na joyfully co-create with you. Just spend another minute or two completing your process. OK, we just bring that to a gentle close, and just breathe easy for a short while. And, while you‘re breathing gently and in a relaxed way, if you can re-discover your notes for the Edonic and the Date Codes, or your Birth Date Codes, we‘re going to undertake that. So, if you‘ve all got the necessary numerical reference to help us with our counts, we‘re going to do the back-run regenesis drum code – as it‘s been called. Now this time we have to do it fully, rather than just in a short, or shortened rehearsal way…so the Edonic Codes, to remind you, we have to do six sets. So we work from line 1 to line 2 to line 3 (that‘s just one set), and we have to do it a total of six sets. [It was later clarified that the correct way to do this is to do each four-digit part of the Edonic Code 6 times before proceeding to the next four-digit part.] And then we have to work through our own birth-related code numbers, through three sets – which is working from our first number, which is the most future date that we have, working down through the dates until our birth date. And doing that once, completely, is one set…and we have to do that three times. OK. Hello Jo – you‘ve been very quiet this weekend, Beloved. [Inaudible question from the audience.] Discussion about how to do the Edonic Code – clarified above. Are you ready? Now what we can accomplish is the Edonic Codes, more or less in synchronization – everyone together. However, since our personal codes involve various lengths of time, since there are those with very short amounts of numbers and those with quite long lists of numbers…we just have to do our thing from that point. So, you know, whatever the cacophony is, is what it is. But at least the Edonics we can do pretty much together, and have it sound like a delightful little symphony.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 100 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Alright are you ready? We‘ll go on ―three‖, and we‘ll just go straight through it, through the six set, OK, without stopping. And again, we‘ll use a sort of mid-level BPR so that we‘re not going too fast for some people who are not able to keep up. So we‘ll try to keep everyone together on the same page, right? OK, and I‘ll try and set that by whacking the table, but I won‘t whack the table when we come to doing the personal ones. So on ―three‖ then: One, two, three. [Track 11] Az: Check whether people are lingering outside in the hall and just usher them in if you could please. A pause until 05:48 Ok ____, we‘re almost ready to go on. But before we do. (long pause) I‘m not going to labor the point, but there‘s an amusing aspect of this. What I need to say for the record, for the DVD, for everyone here. It‘s about manifestation and how in the smallest of ways we can get in our own way. Now what this is about is you can make an innocent mistake, you can misinterpret, and then if you don‘t have right relationship with yourself, you‘re gonna choose a strategy or a way of actually living with it rather than say ―Hey! I think I made a mistake, or I misinterpreted something, I may have let you down, I may have misled you.‖ But if you perpetuate those kind of behaviors, if you try and move on to a slightly bigger stage your chances of manifesting are anything useful, they‘re going to be compromised by your tendencies on the EGO level. So, we just went through the Back-run Regenesis, and checking it I found that there were 2 rules at work. The Edonic Code: it‘s use should be interpreted as it‘s shown where---if I can find the correct section here---it says…it shows you the Edonic Code here, times 6. This one here times 6, and that one there times 6. Now that should be interpreted as taking each of the Edonic Codes as a unit. 5, 11, 12, 4 should be done for most powerful effect 6 times continuously before moving to the second in the sequence and doing that 6 times. However, that does not apply to your own Birthday Codes, so that you would work the Birthday Codes as one entire set working from the most…the furthest out in the future, all the way to your birth date, and that counts as 1. And you would repeat each of those front to…forward to backward 3 times around. So in one case you‘re taking 1 line and repeating it 6 times before going to the next one, and when you come to the other set of Codes, you‘re doing the entire set as a set, before repeating the entire set again and then again okay, so we‘re all clear. Meanwhile, since this Shield is so strong, and we‘re sharing such powerful company, there is absolutely nothing to worry about, nothing has been lost, no damage has been done, we haven‘t failed in our mission or anything like that. Okay? (applause) And remember. (Az chuckling whilst audience applauds) And remember. As long as you get out of your own way, there‘s always plenty of help to manifest all the good things you like in the world. Long pause. (Audience member asks a question) The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 101 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Pardon me? (audience member speaking to Az) That‘s a leading question actually. (audience laughter) What? Why…it is, isn‘t it? I couldn‘t possibly say. She should speak for herself actually. (member saying something) I just don‟t know what you mean. (tongue in cheek) Another long pause. Ash: This is very interesting. They‘ve combined the 2 techniques. I see where one would stop and the other would start, but they don‘t have to be done always together. It would be nice if we had this in writing before but we will eventually have it in writing, but it‘ll be on the DVD‘s. The first one is Journey to the Aurora Continuum. When we go to the Aurora Continuum, that is where we‘re going to meet up with the Ah-JhU-na‟. And they finally showed me what they look like because I wasn‘t sure what they looked like, and basically they can look like anything they want, because they exist as conscious air. And to interact with beings that retain form, they choose to just take on a simple ‗light being‘ effect where…they‘re hominid, but I suppose if you looked like an Octopus they‘d probably could make a light being Octopus, that they just take on whatever…like the basic form of the persons they‘re interacting, and that assists in communication between…like co-resonant communication factor, and they‘re really beautiful. They just look like…did you ever see those like pure white mannequins that some stores have, where they‘re just really graceful and they‘re just really simple features right, that‘s mostly made of light. Because I…they are made…I think they said they are made of the a…some type of Hydrolase or something. But, I finally got a glimpse or a feel of them, and they have a wonderful feel to them---these beings---and they‘re a very healing feel. They‘re a very different feel than the other ones we‘ve met. But that‘s where we will meet them. And there‘s going to be a point in here where we do some neat stuff with our atoms first, and the spaces between them (Ash chuckles) which is really neat. Because I used to have an experience with feeling like air blowing between the spaces between my atoms, and it was a very odd sensation. It was like getting less dense, and as if like a gentle breeze was blowing in between my atoms and my cells. I have flipped into that state---for no reason I could explain---a few times in my life, and I‘m starting to understand it a little more. A little bit better of what that‘s connected to. So this will take us through understanding that, and this is a process you can use. It‘s a type of breathing that once you get these spaces open…and for a while you‘d have to re-open, like do the whole process that goes through here. But a way of breathing that‘s just really, really neat, helps cleanse the atomic structure and the body, and helps expedite the natural processes of the Sha-LA‘a Light units turning on. Your light quotient raising. And it‘s very pleasant. It‘s also very healing, a very healing breathing technique that you can draw from this one. So that…once we get into the Aurora Continuum, then there---when we…when we meet our Ah-JhU-Na---then there…and that takes 13 steps. Then we‘re going to connect with our Ah-JhU-Na and we‘re both going to go into Orbs--our own Orbs---and then another one‘s gonna come up and join us, and we‘re going to go into…through this passage very, very quickly. It‘s considered a hyperspace leap. But we‘re gonna go through as Orbs like…and you would be the lead Orb, and then there would be 2 of them right behind you, kinda like flying in ‗V‘ formation. And you‘re going really quickly into this that…which is the Edons of the Actuality Dominions at the center.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 102 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

And once we get in there, we pop up, and we actually pop up in what feels like… they described it as bobbing---as if you were like a ball in water---like being held under and then (makes sound) pop back up. And you still come up as Orbs, but you come up through the water as Orbs, and then you bring your body form back. And the body form you bring back is called the Jha-DhA Body. So they‘re teaching us here before we go---we‘re playing with our atoms first---how to actually activate the Jha-DhA Body. And this is the body that we can use for projection into…anywhere we want to. We can learn to now take it into full Jha-DhA Body. I don‘t know if its expansion, or whatever. The Jha-DhA Body shifts you into the Aurora Continuum and from there you can go just about any place. So we‘ll start with the ability to bi-locate in that way, and then we will work…we‘ll progressively work toward being able to eventually bring the rest of the atomic structure with us, and end up in these spaces. And that‘s where life can get really interesting (chuckling) I‘m sure. Oh boy! I can just see the amazing stories that will come if people start---really like soon---having those experiences. We can‘t do that yet either so. (chuckling) The thing is, we‘re all on…in the same journey together here. Now, okay. I‘ll do my best to read my writing here. I‘m sure that…I appreciate your staying awake as long as you have, bless you. And I know. I imagine you are tired. We kept this up on the board just so you could remember for a moment the center Staah-LEi-Yas Codes. These guys…this one by the way is called the E-mah-RA and it‘s got a Code name. It‘s The Elephant. It kinda resembles an Elephant. And the other one is the Shu-Yhan. And it‘s known as the Flaming Rose. That‘s what they call it. The Flaming Rose. So they are 2 of the center Codes that correspond to the Edonic Territories of the Actuality Dominion. Inside of both the…this one goes with the Round 1 set, and that one goes with the Round 3 set. They haven‘t given that one yet because we don‘t need to go into round 2. Once we get into…after we get through this, we go into the second part of the technique which would‘ve been Technique 2. So that is once we pop up in Edon---in the Edon---and we go do certain things, and we get to this really neat place that…in this exercise we use it for one particular thing, but we can use it for all sorts of projection experiences. They call it the Room of Chairs, or the Seat of Edon. It‘s a really neat space, and they have taken me there once or twice, and I didn‘t know it was there actually, they must have hosted me through or something because these Gates weren‘t particularly open for anybody to use. But I remember being there and saying like: ‗Where is this?‘ ‗It‘s really cool here‘ and I learned a lot of things there. But, I finally found out where it is. It‘s in the Edons, and I‘ve gone there a couple of times for training in specialized stuff that…it‘s like you get it in direct cognition, and then you come back and it kinda like downloads in pieces over time, once you have it. So we‘ll be going in there, and that is where we will pick up the activation that is coming through from the…literally the Eckasha-Aah level down to run this Host And we will anchor the rest of the Host so we can make the shift, and it will initiate the shift. It will initiate not the shift, but it will initiate our connecting the Net Earth Grids and our Shield to the shift, so that we can make this Probability leap with them. With the rest of the Krystic worlds that are going through this in Host. So, it‘s not a really long one. It‘s a…the first part‘s 13 steps, and the other, they just kind of gave me…they‘re not even steps, they‘re just: ‗Here! Go there, go there, go there (chuckling) go there, and then do that‘ oy!. But we‘ve got steps for this first part. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 103 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So now. First part is Journey to the Aurora Continuum, and they just want you to at a certain point, call to mind those symbols. You don‘t have to stare at them, just call to mind what they are and say ‗oh yup‘. Even if you can‘t remember exactly what they look like, you got the encryption by looking at them. And just like (inhales) inhale them a bit so they stick. Optical pineal induction a bit on them. And now we can take it from there. Ash responding to someone‘s question: Hum? Yeah, you can do the top 2. Either way, because actually, if you‘ve used these before---once you‘ve used them with the others around it---it will…just using those, will pop the whole set into activation. Okay. Now in the first part of this, it says ‗Imagine the image of the Sha-LA‘a Light unit with it‘s atom. And focus upon the Ah-VE-Yas Aqua-Gel top Orb‘. And that‘s simply those 3 Orbs together that at the center had an atom, and focus on the top Orb. Next. It says ‗Next. Visualize billions of atoms in your body and surrounding your body in it‘s atmospheric Orb‘. So, the atoms in your body as well as those in your fields surrounding your body. ‗Imagine billions of atoms. And now focus upon the billions of Ah-VE-Yas Aqua- Gel top Orbs connected to each atom‘. ‗Imagine that you have a body and bio-field that looks just like you, but it‘s made of pale aqua-blue water-gel‘. ‗Feel the reality of this invisible Vibrational Body as existing within the spaces between your atoms. Feel that sensation‘. ‗This is your Ah-VE-Yas Aqua-Gel Water Body. Your Vibrational Body that exists within the Aurora Continuum‘. That‘s where it actually exists. That‘s where that part of your atom structure actually exists. Now it says, ‗Breathe gently and notice that there is a dim orange brown glow of GharRE energy sludge surrounding each of your physical atoms. The sludge creates a veil membrane between your atoms and your Ah-VE-Yas Aqua-Gel Body‘. Now. ‗Inhale into the AzurA‘, (inhales) and then KaranAdis (inhales) and hold‘. ‗Then exhale slowly and deeply using the exhale to push pale aqua living water from your Azur-A out all through your atoms and cells‘. ‗Take several inhale(s) at the Azur-A, then slow exhale breaths using each exhale to saturate the brown sludge and your atoms with Living Water‘. Now. ‗Take a final inhale and hold (inhales) and call to mind the Staah-LEi-Yas Codes‘. Those 2 symbols. ‗And on the final firm exhale, send millions of copies of those 2 Codes out with the Living Water to around the atoms‘. (exhales) ‗Then breathe gently and observe a mild fizzing sensation around your atoms‘. Try to feel a mild fizzing sensation around every atom, and it extends out to every cell, and it kind of runs as a fizzy ripple sensation through your body. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 104 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

‗This occurs as the Staah-LEi-yas Codes dissolve the orange brown sludge veil. Try to feel the sensation that your atoms have suddenly loosened tension and released (exhales), allowing for the spaces between them to get bigger‘. ‗Now Inhale slowly, and feel the inhale breath enter into all of the spaces between your atoms as a warm soothing wave of air‘. (inhales) So inhale slowly. Feel it right in between all of your atoms. ‗Hold at the top of the inhale and feel the Ah-VE-Yas top Orbs of your Vibrational Aqua-Gel Body absorb the warm air that you just inhaled through the spaces between your atoms‘. ‗And now, exhale slowly and feel the Ah-VE-Yas Vibrational Body begin to gently vibrate as it releases a wave of warm aqua air back out into the physical atom electron rings around the nucleus‘. ‗Take several more slow inhale breaths into the Vibratory Body (inhales) and then exhale (exhales) back out into the atoms‘. ‗You can charge your atomic structure anytime using this process now that they are open‘. Now that the spaces are opening up between the atoms. ‗Once you are done with these breaths then breathe normally, and sense a heat rising in the Vibratory Body as its vibration begins to quicken‘. Just sense the heat coming in. ‗Take one more inhale and hold breath, and as you hold the 2 Thermo-Gel Orbs of the Sha-LA‘a unit phase closed. And now exhale and feel a surge of energy release in your atoms (exhales) as the portion of your atoms that can transmute flash off and enter hyperspace into the Aurora Continuum, drawing into the unified Jha-DhA‟ Body state‘. So by bringing those 2 bottom Orbs of the Sha-LA‘a unit together, and then pulling them (inhales) up into the Ah-VE-Yas Orb, it brings the atoms that are capable of transmuting at this time literally into the hyperspace field. And that field is called---when you have your whole body doing that---is called the Jh-DhA Body. ‗You have now entered the Aurora Continuum in Atomic Bi-location Slide 1‟. ‗When you first enter this place try to transfer your consciousness into this new body you just released. Try to sense that part of you there, still right within the cells with you, but it's in a different Continuum Line even though it's right there in the same space. You could bring it here and walk it right through your body and walk it across the room if you wanted to, but you don‘t need to right now because we have an appointment‘. ‗Try to experience yourself in the Jha-DA‘ Body. Move part of your consciousness more fully into that direction. And it looks just like you except it's made out of the Aqua-Gel Water. It's like water that holds form‘. ‗See that your body is standing. Your Jha-DhA Body is standing in a corridor of pale soft indigo light in the Aurora Continuum, and here you will meet your Ah-JhU-na‟ Council Gifting Wizard Elemental Council Partner‘

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 105 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

So they will be partners with us in almost…I get the feeling almost that we are apprentices in some sort, where they will progressively work with us and teach us more and more about this Elemental Command and the things related to it. That is a process for getting into the Aurora Continuum, and it's simple enough and it can be done quickly. So you can do it a lot, and the more you do it the more you will be easy…able to shift really quickly. And the more you get used to doing that, you will find yourself being able to perceive from both states simultaneously, which is a really neat space to be in. Now the next thing we're going to do is, we're going to move with our Ah-JhU-na‘ friend/partner, and we're going to go into the technique 2 The Journey to the Seat of Edon - The Cockpit of Co-Creation. And there's the long tour and the short tour, and since it's very, very early in the morning---actually not as early as it was (chuckling)---but it‘s a…we're all tired, and we will take the direct route, and…because the important thing is just in anchoring the shift activation in this particular time. And we can use this at other times to do the same thing and go on journeys, and let them start communicating with you and showing you around the Edons. But for now in order to make the frequency link that will create…it's a triad of power that is needed to go through this hyperspace link, and to do this First try to feel you‘re standing in this corridor of indigo light in the Aurora Continuum. It's kind of dimly lit indigo, it is very soothing and comfortable. And try to sense the presence…but first sense the presence of your own self in your body, in your Aah-JhA Body. It feels just like your own, but looser and more fluid. You can actually shape-shift with it if you want to but just---you know---just keep it YOU. Like what you look like right now to keep the cellular identification between the two. And notice that there is a person coming up from your right. Like behind you and up to the right. And they‘re going to walk up next to you. Try to sense them before they get there, because this will be what‘---your Ah-JhU-Na‟ Partner--they will be partners in Elemental Command training. And they specialize in the Edon Central Actualities. Now try to sense that presence and they will be around your height. They‘re not like the 20 foot tall ones or anything, because they will choose to hold a form that is comparable to our form. So, there's species identification on the atomic level and the cellular level. But they do exist as conscious clouds, and do what form they want when they want to. Most of the time just stay as conscious clouds. But they are very, very conscious and aware. And they have emotion as well. They are not emotion-less---you know---dry intellectual things. They have feeling and all of the Krystic living attributes. ‗Now sense this Ah-JU-Na‘ person coming and moving around from your right to in front of you. Just standing in front of you. And there is a form of direct communication that allows for a very strong link without any interfering with each other's fields, but where you can link and communicate directly with heart and mind through the Axiatonal Lines and Chakra Systems. And it's done through the palm linking, where you just put your palms out as if you're touching the palms of someone standing in front of you who has their palms out. Try to feel the presence of their hand---your Ah-JU-Na‘s hand---touching yours, and you may get the fingers tingling and that kind of stuff at the touch. It is a being made of pure light. Light that is like air. Light that is like water. Light that can disappear, it can turn into any substance, it's quite an amazing feeling substance. Just try to sense the feeling of your Ah-JU-Na‘. They will speak with you sometimes, but mostly, they communicate in direct cognition with just complete feeling tones and direct cognition. They are going to take us on the journey now into the Seat of Edon through the Edonic Gates. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 106 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Notice that with the energy feeling on your palms that you received from the Ah-JU-Na‘, that there's a little trigger that they know how to send that will allow you to turn into your own Orb. And first they are going to shape-shift into Orb form in front of you---so now they don't have hands anymore---and as soon as they pop into Orb, your Orb pops and activates too. And then sense that another Ah-JU-Na‘ is coming up to you in Orb form. So there are 3 of you now. And the Ah-JU-Na‘ will watch your back and you will lead, and they will send you direct cognition of how to go and where to go. So you don't have to worry about piloting this Orb plane, because they will send you the instructions that you would need. And you're going to just simply feel yourself moving forward in that ‗V‘ formation. And the speed is picking up, and picking up, and getting faster and faster and faster, until you can see streaks of light and color flying by you, around you in your peripheral vision. Just move forward in this faster and faster position. And there's going to be a little pop sensation. And then you're going to start to feel it slowing, the movement slowing to a nice gentle slowing. To a slowing, to a stop. Almost bobbing feeling, like you‘re bobbing in water. We‘re all bobbing in water. And you're still altogether. You're not touching each other's spheres but you're linked by an energy line that forms a triangulation to keep you together. And now sense that you are rising to the surface of this water---you‘re bobbing up---and you're staying up this time. And notice as the 3 Orbs---you and your 2 Ah-JU-Na‘---are…the energy link between them is now shutting down because you don't have to travel as a unit anymore. And now recall the feeling and the look of your Aah-JhA Body and inhale and hold. And on the exhale push your AahJhA Body back out______ (exhales) and notice that your Ah-JU-Na‘ light being friends will do the same, and you're all kind of hanging out treading water in this very shallow pool called a Greeting Pool. It's a Greeting Pool in the Edons of Amenti Middle Earth. And from here we're going to take a few steps upward, and in front of us there is a... it's a very pretty pool and it looks like daytime, or the sky effect is light but it's outdoors, and there's a...it looks like a set of stairs carved into rock actually, moving upward from the pool area. The little pond area. And it's very clear clean water by the way, it's Hydrolase. It's the beautiful pale aqui, pale aqui turquoise water. It kinda has a effervescence to it with a luminescent sparkle. We're gonna just move out of the Hydrolase water pool, and notice that we're dry even though it felt wet while we were in it. And we‘re going to walk up these stairs and go through an arched doorway that appears to be in a large mountainside. And in there we‘re going to…and we're following our Ah-JU-Na‘ at this point. They‘re going to lead us, they‘re leading us down a corridor---a stone corridor---with stairs. And they're taking us to this central area which looks like underground---an underground bunker but it's circular inside at the bottom of these stairs---but there's something glowing in the center of it. And there‘s something…I think it's an Elevator Crystal they said. So we're just gonna go stand by the little glowing speck, it's kind of a blue-green speck in the floor. And when we stand there---the three of us together---okay, yeah, there's a pillar coming down all over us now. So there's big pillars coming down, over all of us as we're standing there with our Ah-JU-Na‘s. And it's gonna pop us upward, so if we inhale and hold. (inhales) And on the exhale push downward with the exhale. (exhales) And feel the sensation of your Jha-DhA Body moving upward. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 107 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

And our Jha-DhA Bodies are now standing in this massive room---it seems to have no end anywhere---and it seems to be filled with windows or something, because there‘s light streaming in from everywhere. And it's like not underneath the ground anymore, this is…seems like a penthouse or something. This is really beautiful with light streaming in. And if we look around, there are seemingly thousands of these beautiful Crystal reclining chairs that are shaped like if you just kinda like were laying on your back in the air with your feet up. And they can…they move to whatever position is most comfortable, and we're going to be asked to go and sit in one of these chairs---each of us---and our Ah-JU-Na‘ are actually joining us as well in their own chairs. Try to feel the sensation of your Jha-DhA Body laying down in this amazingly suspended ‗in the air‘ recliner chair, and the chair itself is made out of Crystal that feels soft. And it's translucent, you can…it's pretty translucent, you can see through it. There are what appear to be arm-like things that swing up if you want to use arm rests if you're laying back in your chair, it's almost like a pilot's chair in a spaceship kind of effect. It‘s really neat. And you can raise or lower the feet just by intention, the chair will move to accommodate your comfort. Sense your Jha-DhA Body in the chair. This is a chair you can come back to any time you want to after this journey, and you can come back here to review any of the records at all from the ... actually from the Cosmic level that we are in--from our Cosmic Eckasha-Aah Body structures---we can read the ReishAic Records from here if we choose to. It is also a place that we can project into any other space/time location once we know how to find them and orient them. So it's literally like a Cockpit of Co-creation. What's going to happen this evening here---or this morning here---is we are going to be part of the activation, it's a Cosmic level activation stepping itself down in to hold the Host for the Veca Systems here and in the M31 Systems, and whatever‘s left of the Milky Way that can make its way out. So notice now that a large pillar of just pale, it's pale white glowing light that's sending in sheets, but like a tunnel of it around you that comes down out of the air, over your chair and over you. And it just feels really lovely in that space. This is a space you can go to heal, you can go to think, you can go to find new ideas for projects. You can go to find all sorts of information on just about anything. And the Ah-JU-Na‘ will assist you in finding certain types of information that you might be looking for so, you can just come back to this space and request by thought---direct cognition---‗please would an Ah-JU-Na‘ come and assist me with this‘, and they would be glad to assist with that. You can also invite any of the 6 Buddha ones that are working with you from the FOL techniques. You can invite any of them to come with you too if you should choose to, if you're working with them on something special. But tonight what we're going to do is, we are going to recline and relax in our chairs---and try to feel it in your physical body as if you are relaxing in that lovely recliner too---and inside its tube, once its tube is activated---this tube of light around you---you can put climate control, you can put whatever color lights or scents you would like to have surrounding you that would make you feel most wonderful at that time, and at different times it would be different types of light and scent. And you can even put on a little bit of some type of music, but it would be good for this one to be music that doesn't have words in it. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 108 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

Sometimes you can go in there and put on your favorite rock‘n roll (chuckling) that's alright too. But for this one just kind of like…try to imagine the AdonA's music. The singing that comes through the fans, and the electricals sometimes. It sounds like Choirs of Angels. And now in a few moments the activation is going to come through. It's going to come through the ceiling level here and also the ceiling level which is waay up high over those chairs, you can't even see where the ceiling is. It‘s like...it goes waay up many stories, and there's like a skylight on top that's...there's light streaming through. So in your chairs you could look up and see like whoah! It's like really high up there. The activation is going to come through as...oooh neat! It looks like spurts, big long spurts of the living liquid light water stuff, and it just kind of like, raining through and kinda (makes spurting sounds) spurts. And they‘re coming down this really long, this really high drop from the top of the Cockpit of Co-creation area, and coming down through and through our...oh neat! They‘re coming down in the pillars now of our Jha-DhA Bodies. And it kind of like, gentle warm rain running through the pillars themselves, and then coming down through our bodies as well---our Jha-DhA Bodies---and as they come through our Jha-DhA Bodies they‘re actually connecting through and coming through the atoms that remain here. Try to feel this infusion of…it's just a lovely feeling of warm energy. Of healing energy. Try to feel it coming through. And try to feel too that at a certain level of that coming into your atoms there‘ll be a pop sensation, and one of those lovely pillars of light will form around your entire body to. A chamber. If you're laying down the chamber will run with your body. So this is one of those chambers that will move with you, if you're standing up it will be vertical, if you're lying down it will be horizontal, and it will go with you. And now bring your attention back to your Jha-DhA Body in the chair, and altogether there‘s going to be an interesting vibration under the entire Crystalline floor of this massive space that we‘re all visiting, this space with chairs. The Seat of Edon. And this vibration running underneath us…and try to feel it underneath our bodies here too. And it's going to hit a certain point of critical mass and when that occurs, the chairs up there are going to begin to move and rotate, not really quickly, but not really slowly either. They‘re going to go 60 degree‘s clockwise. And clockwise would be from…moving like from your left hand across the front to your right hand. So they're actually going to spin toward your right. As we make this spin we're actually making---in our personal Shields---we're initiating the Probability Shift, the Leap Shift. Try to feel for a moment the juxta-position of the 2 bodies where you have yours facing forward, and where you have your Jha-DhA Body actually connected to you, but as if its back was kind of in front of your face---but not directly--and its face was facing to your right. The pointed…actually it‘s laying down pointed in that direction. Feel it sit up now. So like sitting up like you are so you can feel the connection. And see if you can feel the feeling that comes. There is a feeling that comes with...you are facing forward and your consciousness is pointing forward. Try to feel the other forward, the forward that is actually to your right if you were looking out of the eyes of your Jha-DhA Body. Try to feel the 2 point perspective, then the third point perspective of...instead of just being you in your head, imagine you can feel yourself out in front of yourself a little bit---right out in front directly---in front of your face. And then also that other point out to the right. And imagine that a triangulation of energy forms between those two points on a horizontal plane. Between the points of perception inside your head. One directly out in front of you, and the one facing to your right. They said this is creating a mind synchronization link between you and your Jha-DhA Body level of consciousness. The shift will soon be completely The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 109 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

complete. The chairs are in position. But there's something else that…one more thing that needs to happen before we come home. Let‘s see what this is. (chuckling) I just got from the Ah-JU-Na‘, ‘What would a Gifting Wizard be without a gift to bare?‘ Okay. I think the activation is slowing now because the pillars are coming up off the chairs. Imagine that our Jha-DhA Bodies are getting up---like sitting up first instead of in a reclined position---and getting ready to stand up, and that's when one of the Ah-JU-Na‘ will come over in its light being form and has something to hand you. And it's going to put it in your right hand. If you want it. It's some kind of key, and actually it looks like a key, they're using the symbology we're used to. So just extend your right hand, and try to feel the Ah-JU-Na‘ in front of you in your Physical Body as well, and laying this energy key that looks like a key in your palm. Then just close your hand over the key and kind of like go 'Thank you‘. You got the key, and this key can be used to go back there at any time, and just like literally just shift your consciousness. Remember that you have your Jha-DhA Body. Move yourself in to the Jha-DhA Body awareness, and then just squeeze the key, it‘ll be…it's just like a…it looks like a key sitting in your hand. And not going into your hand, it's just like sitting on your palm. And just kind of squeeze it with your...squeeze your fist a couple of times on it, and it will activate it and it will help create that…re-create that link of state, where you can shift back over into the chair. The key is to your private chair room, where you have in this huge massive room where there's like thousands of chairs, where the pillars come down on them. You‘ve got your own private Cockpit of Co-creation space right there in the Edons in Middle Earth. The Edonic Domains. And this is a place that they encourage you to come back to for many different things. It's the...we had entered Buddha state before, but this is going even further in to the Core of it, to the Core of our personal power in connection to God Source. So, we can bring back with us this key, and we're going to do the hyperspace trip back instead of the long scenic journey, because it's late/early, whatever it is over here but we're all tired. If you would like one of the Ah-JU-Na‘ to come in with you and just like hang around with you for a while, you can invite them to do that, and they would be willing to do that. If you would like. If there's something that you would like to work on with them personally, but remember you won‘t…you don't hear these people in your head. They won‘t talk in your language, they direct cognate in your home language, your God Source language where it's all just direct cognition. So you need to feel out for an understanding, and that will actually help you develop your own ability to hear better in that way. You'll develop the direct cognition abilities better. So now to bring our Jha-DhA Bodies back, you just inhale and imagine they (inhales) turn into Orb in the chair room. And on the exhale---make it a firm exhale, and exhale out through all the spaces between your atoms (exhales), and try to feel the kinda cluunk as it comes back in, as the atom structure comes back in and down- steps again. And when that occurs you still have your Ah-VE-Yas and the two Thermo-Gel parts. Your Sha-LA‘a units are still connected to your atoms, but your atoms have come fully back. Those atoms have come back into range into this Probability for now. And this will begin the shift of the Angular Rotation of Particle Spin in the atoms starting with the Vibrational Body. And since we‘re not going to go into any more presentation at this point while we‘re still here, we'll just mention a little bit The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 110 of 111

Doorways through Time & the Drums of Aquafereion – April 2009 – Sarasota, FL

about the Mayans and 2012. The Mayans had for a long time been working with certain Gates, and those Gates happen to be the ones that were connected to the Hibernation Zones, and they were working on the Green Dragon Team---most of them---and they felt they were going to activate the Omega Code first so it would be theirs. So they have prophesied for a long time that…they were serving the Green Agenda, and the Green Agenda was to activate the Omega Code so they could basically claim the planet. But then the Red Dragons beat them to it. The Aztecs were working with them. They have a lot of symbology of the Gate Codes actually etched into their drawings, so the drawings are very often more than what they appear to be. But it‘s going to be the end time that isn't, because what they were going to do in 2012 is not going to happen because of the work that the people of the Aquafereion Shield have been doing for the last ten years. So it is not going to be an end time. We'll move through it. There‘ll be some changes here and there, and there probably will be some Evac Waves leaving especially now because there is this big shift we've just entered. And when big shifts happen, beings, sometimes groups of beings will leave the Planet at a certain time together, so they…because they can't make the leap with the body. They make it before, and they let the bodies go. So if things like that happen during the shift, let it be perfect. It might not be ideal, but it is even ideal down here. It‘s better than getting caught in the other Probability loop where you get dragged down. So, we need to learn to see beyond the Maya, and the illusions that are created by false beliefs about what is really taking place. Sometimes a passing of a person or a being is absolutely the most perfect and ideal thing for that being. And it‘s…really the sad part is for the ones who would miss them. So if we can just move through this with grace and confidence. Realize that great times are ahead compared to what this could have turned into. You've done a wonderful job with the Drum Circle, it was just amazing. And we're just so grateful that you have the stamina to stay up when it gets like this, and you care enough to come. And we hope we see you again soon. I think we can sign off. Yeah! I don't think I forgot anything of major importance at this point. (A&A chatting) Yes! Congratulations and well done Beloveds and thank you very much. (applause) I hope it's been worth staying up this late for, and please have very safe trip home. Till next time. And with this technique we'll get some version of it typed up as soon as we can actually, and...we could put that out right? (to Az) Yeah! The cleaning cells one. The other one as far as getting to the Edons. You really just need to move into your Jha-DhA Body through that first process, and put yourself back in the seat and get your consciousness back there, and take it from there so you don't have to go flying again. The fly will be implied by moving into the Jha-DhA Body state. So anyway. Goodnight and thank you for your patience in this workshop and your wonderful Drum Circle. (applause)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 111 of 111